版权信息

书名：高考英语语法精讲精练

作者：籍万杰

出版社：浙江教育出版社

出版日期：2015-08-01

ISBN：978-7-5536-3147-9

价格：20.00元

目录

CONTENTS

前言

第一章 词法

第一节 名词考点

一、名词的数

二、名词的格

三、名词作定语

四、名词词义辨析和习惯用法

巩固练习

第二节 冠词考点

一、不定冠词的用法

二、定冠词的用法

三、考查零冠词和固定用法

巩固练习

第三节 代词考点

一、考查不定代词的用法

二、考查it的用法

三、考查疑问代词、反身代词以及人称代词等的用法

巩固练习

第四节 数词考点

一、考查基数词的用法

二、考查序数词的用法

三、考查分数和百分数的用法

四、考查倍数的表达法

巩固练习

第五节 形容词、副词考点

一、考查形容词副词的位置

二、考查同义词（组）辨析

三、考查具体语境中形容词副词的使用

四、考查形容词副词的比较等级

五、考查形容词（短语）作伴随状语

巩固练习

第六节 情态动词考点

一、考查情态动词的基本用法

二、考查情态动词表推测的用法

三、考查“情态动词+完成时”的用法

四、考查情态动词在虚拟语气中的应用

巩固练习

第七节 非谓语动词考点

一、考查非谓语动词作主语

二、考查非谓语动词作宾语

三、考查非谓语动词作宾语补足语和主语补足语

四、考查非谓语动词作定语

五、考查非谓语动词作状语

六、考查非谓语动词作表语

七、考查“连词+分词”的省略用法

八、考查独立主格结构

九、考查根据分词选择其逻辑主语

十、考查非谓语动词的特殊结构与句式

巩固练习

第八节 介词考点

一、考查常用介词的基本用法

二、考查常用的介词短语及其用法

三、考查易混“动词+介词”短语搭配的区别

巩固练习

第九节 动词时态语态考点

一、高考热点动词时态对对碰

二、动词时态题解题技巧

巩固练习

第十节 虚拟语气考点

一、考查虚拟语气在条件状语从句中的使用

二、考查虚拟语气在名词性从句中的使用

三、考查虚拟语气在其他句型中的使用

四、考查“情态动词+完成时”表达的虚拟语气

巩固练习

第十一节 主谓一致考点

一、考查含有插入语的主谓一致

二、考查定语从句中的主谓一致

三、考查表示抽象概念的名称或词组作主语的情况

四、考查就近一致的原则

五、考查the number of与a number of的区别

六、考查由one, either, neither, each等+ of +复数名词或代词作主语时的主谓一致

七、考查分数、百分数作主语时的主谓一致

八、考查意义一致的原则

九、考查倒装语序中的主谓一致

十、考查quantities of修饰名词的主谓一致

十一、考查由and连接并列主语时的主谓一致

十二、考查动词不定式、动名词以及名词性从句作主语时的主谓一致

巩固练习

第二章 句法

第一节 名词性从句考点

一、从句中的语序

二、从句中的时态

三、it作形式主语或形式宾语代替主语从句或宾语从句的用法

四、从句中的语气

五、宾语从句的否定转移

六、从句引导词的正确选用

七、几组高考热点连词

巩固练习

第二节 定语从句考点

一、关系代词引导的定语从句

二、关系副词引导的定语从句

三、限制性和非限制性定语从句

四、“介词+关系代词”引导的定语从句

五、as, which 引导的非限定性定语从句

六、考查定语从句中的主谓一致

巩固练习

第三节 状语从句十大考点透视

一、考查时间状语从句

二、考查原因状语从句

三、考查地点状语从句

四、考查目的状语从句

五、考查结果状语从句

六、考查条件状语从句

七、考查让步状语从句

八、考查比较状语从句

九、考查方式状语从句

十、考查“连词+分词”的省略用法

巩固练习

第四节 祈使句、感叹句考点

一、祈使句

二、感叹句

巩固练习

第五节 并列句考点

一、考查表示转折对比关系的并列连词

二、考查表示因果关系的并列连词

三、考查表示选择关系的并列连词

四、考查表示并列关系的并列连词

五、考查其他并列连词

六、考查并列句中的省略

巩固练习

第三章 特殊句式

第一节 倒装句考点

一、全部倒装

二、部分倒装

巩固练习

第二节 省略句考点

一、考查不定式的省略

二、考查替代省略

三、考查答语中的省略

四、考查并列句中的省略

五、考查状语从句中的省略

六、考查虚拟条件句中的省略

巩固练习

第三节 强调结构考点

一、考查强调结构的基本形式

二、考查强调结构的一般疑问句形式

三、考查强调结构的特殊疑问句形式

四、考查表推测的情态动词与be连用的强调结构

五、考查对not... until... 句式的强调

六、考查强调句型的反意疑问句及答语

七、考查对各种从句的强调

八、考查强调结构与其他相似结构的区别

巩固练习

第四节 独立主格结构考点

一、考查独立分词结构

二、考查独立不定式结构

三、考查独立无动词结构

四、考查with复合结构

五、考查独立主格结构与其他结构的区别

巩固练习

第四章 交际用语

第一节 交际用语考点归纳之一：社会交往

社会交往 （Social Communications）

巩固练习

一、单项选择

二、根据汉语提示填入适当的交际用语

第二节 交际用语考点归纳之二：态度情感

一、态度（Attitudes）

二、情感（Emotions）

巩固练习

一、单项选择

二、根据汉语提示填入适当的交际用语

第三节 交际用语考点归纳之三：其他

一、时间（Time）

二、空间（Space）

三、特征（Features）

四、计量（Measurement）

五、比较（Comparison）

六、逻辑关系（Logical relations）

七、职业 （Occupation）

巩固练习

一、单项选择

二、根据汉语提示填入适当的交际用语

练习答案

前言

很多同学学习了多年英语，做了大量的单项选择题，但是对语法仍然没有形成一个系统的概念，一直找不到解题的方法和技巧，英语语法成为了制约这些学生提高英语成绩的瓶颈。其实，语法是英语中规律性很强的一个项目，高考对各语法项目的考查也有着其特有的规律。很多语法项目，同学们只要记住三两句口诀，并进行适当的典型题目的训练，就可以轻松掌握。

市面上的语法工具书浩如烟海，大部头语法书也是层出不穷，这常常让同学们摸不到边际。那么对于高中生，尤其是高三的备考生来说，什么样的语法书才最为有效呢？笔者认为，考生在时间有限、精力有限的情况下，翻阅语法词典、逐条背诵语法条目，势必会造成“眉毛胡子一把抓”，导致复习效率低下。因此，这本小册子不求面面俱到、穷尽语法条目，而是完全针对高考，将语法知识与高考真题相结合，直击高考考点，让同学们在有限的时间内，快速把握高考英语语法考点，洞察高考命题方向，提高应试能力。

高考单项填空题不外乎考查词法、句法、特殊句式和交际用语这四个部分。本书将高考英语语法按照这四个部分进行划分，依据最新高考英语考试大纲中的语法项目表，列举出高考的考查要点，并辅以最新考例及其解析，力争达到全面覆盖考点，解析简明透彻，规律易于掌握，习题典型精炼。

本书凝结了笔者十几年来高中英语一线教学经验及对高考真题的潜心研究，书中的内容在教学实践中也得到了充分验证。在此，感谢北京新东方大愚文化传播有限公司的工作人员，正是由于他们的辛苦工作，本书才得以出版发行。愿这本小册子能够陪伴你在高考备考的道路上，披荆斩棘，奋勇前行，顺利抵达你人生理想中的高峰！

籍万杰

第一章 词法

第一节 名词考点

综合近几年高考对名词的考查可知，其常考点主要为：名词的可数与不可数；抽象名词具体化；名词的普通格、所有格以及双重所有格作定语；名词作定语；名词词义辨析等。

一、名词的数

名词可分为可数名词和不可数名词。个体名词和集合名词一般是可数的；物质名词、抽象名词和专有名词一般是不可数的，但应注意具体名词抽象化和抽象名词具体化，这是高考考查的热点。

【考例】 I'd skipped nearby Guilin, a dream place for tourists seeking the limestone mountain tops and dark waters of the Li River 64 are pictured by artists in so many Chinese 65 (painting).（2015新课标I）

【答案】 that / which；paintings

【解析】 本题考查定语从句关系词的使用和名词的数。64题前面是名词，再结合句意，后面的内容修饰前面的名词，应该是定语从句。定语从句中缺少主语并且指物，所以填关系代词that或which。65题括号中给出的提示词是名词。根据其在句中的位置和句意，此处还应该填名词，前面有形容词many和Chinese，所以此处用名词复数形式paintings。

【考例】 While there are amazing stories of instant transformation, for most of us the (change) are gradual and require a lot of effort and work, like cleaning up a polluted river.（2014新课标Ⅰ）

【答案】 changes

【解析】 本题考查名词的单复数以及主谓一致。括号中给出了一个名词change。从句子结构来看，空格处的单词在定冠词the之后，并且在谓语动词are之前，应填入名词的复数形式。

二、名词的格

英语中表示有生命的东西的名词，其所有格一般在名词后加“'s”，无生命的东西常用of属格。但表示时间、距离、国家、城市、团体、机构等无生命东西的名词，也用加“'s”来构成所有格。如：today's newspaper, ten minutes' walk, China's industry等。

【考例】 The ____ shoes were covered with mud, so I asked them to take them off before they got into ____ car. （2009江西卷）

A. girl's; Tom's

B. girls'; Toms'

C. girls'; Tom's

D. girl's; Toms'

【答案】 C

【解析】 本题考查名词所有格形式。根据题干后半部分的them可知第一空对应复数girls。复数名词的所有格直接在其后面加“'”；第二空表示Tom的汽车，故在Tom后加“'s”。

三、名词作定语

名词可以用作定语修饰后面的名词，表示类别、处所、材料、时间、功能、用途等，名词作定语时通常要用单数形式。如：

a shoe shop（鞋店）、street lamps（路灯）、a cotton blouse（棉布罩衫）、morning exercises（早操）、a book case（书柜）

【考例】 The ____ is just around the corner and you won't miss it. （2001上海春季卷）

A. bicycle's shop

B. bicycle shop

C. bicycles shop

D. bicycles' shop

【答案】 B

【解析】 bicycle是无生命的东西，不用“'s”所有格形式作定语；使用名词作定语时，作定语的名词应使用单数形式。

【考例】 He dropped the ____ and broke it.（1993全国卷）

A. cup of coffee

B. coffee's cup

C. cup for coffee

D. coffee cup

【答案】 D

【解析】 coffee是无生命的东西，不用“'s”所有格形式作定语；应使用名词作定语。

作定语的名词通常使用单数形式，但是man和woman作定语修饰复数名词时，作定语的man和woman也应使用复数形式。例如：

All the women doctors in the hospital got a rise in salary last month.上个月医院里的所有女大夫涨工资了。

四、名词词义辨析和习惯用法

近年来的高考试题语境化程度越来越高，经常考查名词词义在具体语境中的细微差异；同时，地道的英语惯用法的掌握情况也是命题者测试的热点。

【考例】 There is no need to tell me your answer now. Give it some ____ and then let me know.（2015安徽卷）

A. thought

B. support

C. protection

D. authority

【答案】 A

【解析】 本题考查名词词义辨析。句意为：你现在没有必要告诉我你的答案。你再考虑一下，然后告诉我。thought意为“思想；想法；关心；思索”；support意为“支撑；支持者”；protection意为“保护”；authority意为“权威；权力”。根据句意可知应填thought。give it some thought意思是“考虑一下”。

【考例】 Her ____ for writing was a desire for women to get the right to higher education. （2014湖北卷）

A. motivation

B. qualification

C. talent

D. technique

【答案】 A

【解析】 本题考查名词词义辨析。句意为：她写作的动机是出于对女性获得高等教育权利的渴望。motivation意为“动机”；qualification意为“资格，条件”；talent意为“天才，才干”；technique意为“技巧，技术”。根据句意可知应该选择A项。

【考例】 — Why do you choose to work in an international travel agency?

— Well, you know, English is my ____ So it is my best choice.（2012福建卷）

A. strength

B. talent

C. ability

D. skill

【答案】 A

【解析】 本题考查名词词义辨析。本题为对话形式的考题，根据问话者提问“你为什么选择在国际旅行社工作”和答话者答语后半句的进一步解释“这是我最好的选择”可知本空指的是“英语是我的强项”。strength意为“优势，强项，长处”，与weakness是反义词，符合语境和句意。talent意为“天赋，才能，天才”，ability意为“才能，能力”，skill意为“技术，技巧”，都与句意不符。

【考例】 There's a ____ in our office that when it's somebody's birthday, they bring in a cake for us all to share.（2011山东卷）

A. tradition

B. balance

C. concern

D. relationship

【答案】 A

【解析】 考查名词词义辨析。句意为：在我们办公室有个传统——当有人过生日的时候，过生日的同事会带蛋糕与我们所有人分享。tradition意为“传统；惯例”；balance意为“平衡”； concern意为“关注”； relationship意为“关系”。由句意可知答案为A。

【考例】 China has got a good ____ for fighting against the flu with its careful and smooth organization. （2009安徽卷）

A. reputation

B. influence

C. impression

D. knowledge

【答案】 A

【解析】 考查名词词义辨析。reputation“名誉，声望”； influence“影响”； impression“印象”；knowledge“知识”。根据句意：中国由于精心和严密的组织，在抗击流感的战役中赢得了良好的“声誉”，可知应该选择A项。

巩固练习

1. To save some of the human languages before they are forgotten, the students in our school started a discussion "Save Our ____ ".（2008安徽卷）

A. Sky

B. Life

C. Arts

D. Voices

2. What's the ____ of having a public open space where you can't eat, drink or even simply hang out for a while? （2008福建卷）

A. sense

B. matter

C. case

D. opinion

3. — I can't repair these until tomorrow, I'm afraid.

— That's OK, there's ____ .（2008江苏卷）

A. no problem

B. no wonder

C. no doubt

D. no hurry

4. — Why do you suggest we buy a new machine?

— Because the old one has been damaged ____ .（2008江苏卷）

A. beyond reach

B. beyond repair

C. beyond control

D. beyond description

5. I bought a dress for only 10 dollars in a sale; it was a real ____ .（2008山东卷）

A. exchange

B. bargain

C. trade

D. business

6. — Shall we go out for a walk?

— Sorry. This is not the right ____ to invite me. I am too tired to walk.（2008江西卷）

A. moment

B. situation

C. place

D. chance

7. Dogs have a very good ____ of smell and are often used to search for survivors in an earthquake.（2008浙江卷）

A. sense

B. view

C. means

D. idea

8. The top leaders of the two countries are holding talks in a friendly ____ .（2008湖北卷）

A. atmosphere

B. state

C. situation

D. phenomenon

9. Most air pollution is caused by the burning of ____ like coal, gas and oil.（2008天津卷）

A. fuels

B. articles

C. goods

D. products

10. The young man made a ____ to his parents that he would try to earn his own living after graduation. （2008湖北卷）

A. prediction

B. promise

C. plan

D. contribution

11. My morning ____ includes jogging in the park and reading newspapers over breakfast. （2007上海卷）

A. drill

B. action

C. regulation

D. routine

12. I can't say which wine is best—it's a（n） ____ of personal taste. （2007山东卷）

A. affair

B. event

C. matter

D. variety

13. The practice of hanging clothes across the street is a common ____ in many parts of the city. （2007安徽卷）

A. look

B. sign

C. sight

D. appearance

14. — I wonder why John is always full of ____ .

— He takes exercise every morning.

A. dream

B. luck

C. strength

D. energy

15. Despite such a big difference in ____ towards what one eats, there is no doubt that people in the west regard the Chinese food as something special. （2007湖北卷）

A. point

B. idea

C. attitude

D. sight

16. AIDS control and prevention is a ____ to China as well as the whole world. （2007上海春季卷）

A. surprise

B. challenge

C. reaction

D. threat

17. He and his wife are of the same ____ ; they both want their son to go to college. （2007陕西卷）

A. soul

B. spirit

C. heart

D. mind

18. In our class, when the bell rang and the teacher closed his book, it was a ____ for everyone to stand up.（2009湖北卷）

A. signal

B. chance

C. mark

D. measure

19. Of the seven days in a week, Saturday is said to be the most popular ____ for a wedding in some countries. （2007浙江卷）

A. way

B. situation

C. event

D. choice

20. Health problems are closely connected with bad eating habits and a ____ of exercise. （2007辽宁卷）

A. limit

B. lack

C. need

D. demand

21. — I'd like ____ advice about the study of English.

— Well, you could have ____ word with Mr. Wang who has just been home from the United States. He might be helpful.

A. an; some

B. an; a

C. some; a

D. some; some

22. — Isn't it getting dark earlier tonight?

— I think so. I see ____ is on already.

A. the street light

B. the light of the street

C. the street's light

D. the light street

23. The shop at the street corner sells ____ clothing.

A. child's and woman's

B. children and women's

C. children's and women

D. children's and women's

24. She knows that as a secretary she must be pleasant and helpful no matter how busy she is or what kind of ____ she may be in.

A. mood

B. mind

C. form

D. thought

25. ____ will make a trip around the world during the coming year.

A. The Blacks

B. The Blacks'

C. The Black

D. Blacks

26. The airport is ____ from my hometown.

A. two hour's ride

B. two hours'ride

C. two hour ride

D. two hours ride

27. On the wall is a photo of my mother who had black ____ , but now she has some white ____.

A. hairs; hair

B. hair; hairs

C. hair; hair

D. hairs; hairs

28. — What would you like, sir?

— ____ , please.

A. Two cups of teas

B. Two teas

C. Two cup of tea

D. Two cups tea

29. — Do you enjoy skating?

— Yes, skating on real ice is ____ .

A. great funny

B. a great fun

C. great fun

D. great funs

30. As the plane came down through the clouds, green fields and white houses came into ____ .

A. light

B. sight

C. eyes

D. effect

第二节 冠词考点

冠词是历年高考单项填空必考的语法项目之一，一般每年有一道小题，设空大都为两处。而且冠词也是语法填空常考的考点。冠词分值虽然不大，但失分率较高。这主要是因为冠词用法比较灵活，往往随着语境的变化而变化，并且固定搭配和特例较多。但这并不意味着冠词的用法就无规律可循。综观历年高考试题，可以发现对冠词的考查主要涉及不定冠词、定冠词、零冠词以及固定用法等方面。

一、不定冠词的用法

1. 辅音音素开头的单数可数名词前用a；元音音素开头的单数可数名词前用an。

【考例】 Life is like ____ ocean; Only ____ strong-willed can reach the other shore. （2014天津卷）

A. an; the

B. the; a

C. the; /

D. /; a

【答案】 A

【解析】 句意为：生活就像海洋，只有意志坚强的人才能到达彼岸。本题第一空使用不定冠词an修饰以元音音素开头的ocean，泛指“一片海洋”。第二空后的strong-willed是一个形容词，在形容词前面加定冠词the表示“一类人”或者“一类事物”。the strong-willed指“意志坚强的人”。

【考例】 It is generally accepted that ____ boy must learn to stand up and fight like ____ man. （2011全国卷）

A. a; a

B. a; the

C. the; the

D. a; 不填

【答案】 A

【解析】 句意为：人们普遍认为，男孩子必须学会站起来，像一个男人一样去战斗。boy和man均为单数可数名词，故前面应该加冠词，又因为此处为泛指，表一类人，且均为辅音音素开头的单词，故应加不定冠词，答案为A。

2. 不定冠词a / an用于单数可数名词前，表泛指，说明事物的种类或类属。它往往含有“一”的意思，但侧重说明“种类”，而不强调数量。

【考例】 It's ____ good feeling for people to admire the Shanghai World Expo that gives them ____ pleasure.（2010福建卷）

A. 不填；a

B. a；不填

C. the；a

D. a；the

【答案】 B

【解析】 句意为：对人们来说，欣赏上海世博会的感觉很好，这可以带给他们快乐。a good feeling意思是“一种美好的感觉”；pleasure此处是抽象名词，无需冠词。

3. 不定冠词a / an可用于具体化的抽象名词或物质名词前。

有一些抽象名词或物质名词在一定情况下，特别是有限制性定语修饰时，意义往往具体化，变为可数名词，其前要加不定冠词。

【考例】 Being able to afford ____ drink would be ____ comfort in those tough times.（2012山东卷）

A. the; the

B. a; a

C. a; 不填

D. 不填; a

【答案】 B

【解析】 句意为：在那些艰难的岁月里，能够有钱买杯酒喝就是种慰藉了。drink意为“饮料；酒”，为物质名词，comfort意为“安慰”，为抽象名词，它们通常都作不可数名词用，但此处属于物质名词转化为可数名词、抽象名词转化为具体名词的情况，此时它们的前面可以加上不定冠词。句中的a drink表示“一杯酒”，a comfort意为“令人感到安慰的人或事物”。

【考例】 When you finish reading the book, you will have ____ better understanding of ____ life.（2004辽宁卷）

A. a; the

B. the; a

C. 不填; the

D. a; 不填

【答案】 D

【解析】 understanding本来是抽象名词，通常其前不加冠词。但在本句中，其前有形容词比较级better修饰，其后又有of短语修饰，要加不定冠词。life在此是表泛指的抽象名词，其前不用冠词。

4. 世界上独一无二的事物前面通常加定冠词the，但是其前有修饰语时，应使用不定冠词。

【考例】 We can never expect ____ bluer sky unless we create ____ less polluted world. （2009安徽卷）

A. a; a

B. a; the

C. the; a

D. the; the

【答案】 A

【解析】 sky和world都是表示世界上独一无二的专有名词，前面通常加定冠词，但是本题中两个名词前面都加了修饰语，应使用不定冠词。

二、定冠词的用法

1. 定冠词the用在表特指的单数可数名词、复数名词或不可数名词前，指前面已经提到或说话双方都能体会到或明了的人或事，或有一定语境明确地限制其范围或确定其为某一具体的人或事物。

【考例】 I just heard ____ bank where Dora works was robbed by ____gunman wearing a mask.（2015重庆卷）

A. the; /

B. a; /

C. the; a

D. a; the

【答案】 C

【解析】 句意为：我刚刚听说多拉工作的银行被一个戴面具的枪手抢劫了。第一空特指“多拉所工作的银行”，应使用定冠词；第二空泛指“一个戴面具的枪手”，应使用不定冠词。

【考例】 ____ village where I was born has grown into ____ town.（2014陕西卷）

A. The; a

B. A; the

C. The; the

D. A; a

【答案】 A

【解析】 句意为：我出生的那个村庄已经发展为一个城镇。第一空后面有定语从句，特指“我出生的那个村庄”，故用定冠词the；第二空泛指“一个城镇”，用不定冠词a。

2. 定冠词the用于单数可数名词前，从整体上表示一类人或事物。

【考例】 The warmth of ____ sweater will of course be determined by the sort of ____ wool used. （2001全国卷）

A. the; the

B. the; 不填

C. 不填; the

D. 不填; 不填

【答案】 B

【解析】 sweater是可数名词，其前加定冠词the表示“毛衣”这一种类，着眼于整体。wool为泛指意义的不可数名词，不加冠词。

3. 定冠词用于形容词、副词最高级或序数词前。但当序数词不表顺序，而表示“再一”、“又一”时，使用不定冠词。

【考例】 Marco Polo is said to have sailed on ____ Pacific Ocean on his way to Java in ____ thirteenth century.（2013陕西卷）

A. the; a

B. a; /

C. /; the

D. the; the

【答案】 D

【解析】 句意为：据说在13世纪，马可·波罗在去爪哇岛的航行途中经过了太平洋。在山脉、江河、湖泊、海洋、群岛、海峡、海湾、运河等专有名词前要用定冠词the，因此第一空Pacific Ocean前面要用定冠词the；而第二空后的名词century被序数词修饰，序数词前面也应用定冠词the。故该题的正确答案为D。

【考例】 He missed ____ gold in the high jump, but will get ____ second chance in the long jump.（2012全国大纲卷）

A. the; the

B. 不填; a

C. the; a

D. a; 不填

【答案】 C

【解析】 句意为：他在跳高比赛中失去了金牌，但是在跳远比赛中还有一次机会。第一空特指跳高比赛中的“金牌”，故用定冠词the；根据句意，第二空表示“再一，又一”，此时序数词前应使用不定冠词a，不用定冠词the。

4. 姓氏的复数前加定冠词表示“一家人”。

【考例】 — Could you tell me the way to ____ Johnsons, please?

— Sorry, we don't have ____ Johnson here in the village.（2007全国卷II ）

A. the; the

B. the; a

C. 不填; the

D. the; 不填

【答案】 B

【解析】 姓氏的复数加定冠词表示“一家人”；不定冠词a可以用于专有名词前表示“某一个”或“一个叫……的人”。

【考例】 — Who did you spend last weekend with?

— ____. （1998上海卷）

A. Palmer's

B. The Palmers'

C. The Palmers

D. The Palmer's

【答案】 C

【解析】 问话者的意思是“你上个周末与谁一起度过的？”，回答应是“与Palmer一家人度过的”。

5. 由普通名词构成的专有名词前通常加定冠词。

【考例】 As is known to all, ____ People's Republic of China is ____biggest developing country in the world. （2011陕西卷）

A. the；不填

B. 不填；the

C. the；the

D. 不填；不填

【答案】 C

【解析】 the People's Republic of China是由普通名词构成的专有名词，其前应加定冠词；形容词最高级前也应使用定冠词，故选Ｃ。

三、考查零冠词和固定用法

1. 抽象化的具体名词前使用零冠词。

【考例】 If you go by ____ train, you can have quite a comfortable journey, but make sure you get ____ fast one.（2005全国卷Ⅲ）

A. the; the

B. 不填; a

C. the; a

D. 不填；不填

【答案】 B

【解析】 by train / plane...是习惯用法，名词前不使用冠词；one作为替代词，其前可有自己的修饰语，表示泛指，须用不定冠词。

2. man意为“人类”，word意为“消息”时，其前使用零冠词。

【考例】 Animals are obviously ____ lower form of life than ____ man.（2013江西卷）

A. a; /

B. the; the

C. a; the

D. /; /

【答案】 A

【解析】 句意为：动物与人类相比显然是一种较为低等的生命形式。第一空表示“一种较为低等的生命形式”，用表示泛指的a；第二空man意为“人类”，不用加冠词。

3. 球类、三餐以及学科名词前通常使用零冠词。

【考例】 She is ____ newcomer to ____ chemistry but she has already made some important discoveries. （1994全国卷）

A. the; the

B. the; 不填

C. a; 不填

D. a; the

【答案】 C

【解析】 newcomer是可数名词，在此表示泛指；chemistry是学科名词，不加冠词。

4. 表示独一无二的职位或头衔的名词，在句中用作表语、宾语补足语、主语补足语或同位语时，其前一般使用零冠词。

【考例】 Sam has been appointed ____ manager of the engineering department to take ____ place of George.（2012重庆卷）

A. /; /

B. the; /

C. the; the

D. /; the

【答案】 D

【解析】 句意为：山姆已经被任命代替乔治的职位，担当工程部的经理。manager意为“职位，头衔”，并且在句中作主语补足语，其前要使用零冠词。take the place of意为“代替”，为固定搭配。

巩固练习

1. Have you heard ____ news？The price of ____ petrol is going up again! （2008湖南卷）

A. the; the

B. 不填; the

C. the; 不填

D. 不填; 不填

2. We went right round to the west coast by ____ sea instead of driving across ____ continent.（2008江苏卷）

A. the; the

B. 不填; the

C. the; 不填

D. 不填; 不填

3. Students should be encouraged to use ____ Internet as ____ resource.（2008山东卷）

A. 不填；a

B. 不填; the

C. the; the

D. the; a

4. — I am so sorry to have come late for the meeting.

— It is not your fault. With ____ rush-hour traffic and ____ heavy rain, it is no wonder you were late.（2008江西卷）

A. a; a

B. the; the

C. 不填; 不填

D. 不填; a

5. My neighbor asked me to go for ____ walk, but I don't think I've got ____ energy. （2008辽宁卷）

A. a; 不填

B. the; the

C. 不填; the

D. a; the

6. It's not ____ good idea to drive for four hours without ____ break. （2008全国II）

A. a; a

B. the; a

C. the; the

D. a; the

7. I ate ____ sandwich while I was waiting for ____ 20: 08 train.（2008陕西卷）

A. the; a

B. the; the

C. a; the

D. a; a

8. In the United States, there is always ____ flow of people to areas of ____ country where more jobs can be found. （2008四川卷）

A. a; the

B. the; a

C. the; the

D. a; a

9. ____ apple fell from the tree and hit him on ____ head.（2008浙江卷）

A. An; the

B. The; the

C. An; 不填

D. The; 不填

10. In many places in China, ____ bicycle is still ____ popular means of transportation. （2008重庆卷）

A. a; the

B. 不填; a

C. the; a

D. the; the

11. — I'd like to call on ____ smiths this afternoon.

— Have ____ nice day. （2007全国卷II）

A. a; the

B. the; a

C. the; 不填

D. 不填; the

12. ____ walk is expected to last all day, so bring ____ packed lunch. （2007山东卷）

A. A; a

B. The; 不填

C. The; a

D. A; 不填

13. — How about ____ Christmas evening party? （2007福建卷）

— I should say it was ____ success.

A. a; a

B. the; a

C. a; 不填

D. the; 不填

14. I looked under ____ bed and found ____ book I lost last week. （2007北京卷）

A. the; a

B. the; the

C. 不填; the

D. the; 不填

15. Polar bears live mostly on ____ sea ice, which they use as ____ platform for hunting seals. （2007湖南卷）

A. a; a

B. a; the

C. 不填; a

D. the; 不填

16. We have every reason to believe that ____ 2008 Beijing Olympic Games will be ____ success.（2007江苏卷）

A. 不填; a

B. the; 不填

C. the; a

D. a; a

17. Many people have come to realize that they should go on ____ balanced diet and make ____ room in their day for exercise. （2007江西卷）

A. a; 不填

B. the; a

C. the; the

D. 不填; a

18. In ____ film Cast Away, Tom Hanks plays ____ man named Chuck Noland. （2007 陕西卷）

A. a; the

B. the; a

C. the; the D. a; a

19. How about taking ____ short break? I want to make ____ call. （2007四川卷）

A. the; a

B. a; the

C. the; the

D. a; a

20. I wanted to catch ____ early train, but couldn't get ____ ride to the station. （2007天津卷）

A. an; the

B. 不填; the

C. an; 不填

D. the; a

21. I like ____ color of your skirt. It is ____ good match for your blouse. （2007浙江卷）

A. a; the

B. a; a

C. the; a

D. the; the

22. Gorge couldn't remember when he first met Mr. Anderson, but he was sure it was ____ Sunday because everybody was at ____ church. （2007重庆卷）

A. 不填; the

B. the; 不填

C. a; 不填

D. 不填; a

23. Christmas is ____ special holiday when ____ whole family are supposed to get together.（2007辽宁卷）

A. the; the

B. a; a

C. the; a

D. a; the

24. Washing machines made by China have won ____ worldwide attention and Haier has become ____ popular name.（2009重庆卷）

A. a; the

B. 不填; a

C. 不填; the

D. the; a

25. What I need is ____ book that contains ____ ABC of oil painting.（2009全国卷II）

A. a; 不填

B. the; 不填

C. the; an

D. a; the

26. The biggest whale is ____ blue whale, which grows to be about 29 meters long—the height of ____ 9-story building.（2009北京卷）

A. the; the

B. a; a

C. a; the

D. the; a

27. Let's go to ____ cinema—that'll take your mind off the problem for ____ while. （2009全国卷I）

A. the; the

B. the; a

C. a; the

D. a; a

28. What ____ pity that you couldn't be there to receive ____ prize!（2009陕西卷）

A. a; a

B. the; a

C. a; the

D. the; the

29. In order to find ____ better job, he decided to study ____ second foreign language. （2009四川卷）

A. the; a

B. a; a

C. the; the

D. a; the

30. I don't understand what the engineer means, but I've got ____ rough idea of ____ Project plan.（2009浙江卷）

A. the; a

B. 不填; the

C. the; 不填

D. a; the

第三节 代词考点

代词是代替名词的一种词类。大多数代词具有名词和形容词的功能。英语中的代词，按其意义、特征及在句中的作用分为：人称代词、物主代词、指示代词、反身代词、相互代词、疑问代词、关系代词和不定代词八种。代词如此庞杂，如何复习，并将其掌握好呢？研读历年高考试题我们可以发现，出现频率最高的是不定代词，其次是it用法、疑问代词、反身代词以及人称代词等。下面结合高考试题，对代词的易考点进行归纳总结。

一、考查不定代词的用法

1. 考查替代词one / ones，that / those的区别

that用来代替前面提到过的单数名词或不可数名词，不能和冠词连用，其后总有修饰语，其复数形式是those。指代可数名词时，that相当于the one；those相当于the ones。one / ones用来代替前面提到过的可数名词，one替代单数，ones替代复数，所替代的是同名异物的名词，表示泛指，可有前置定语或后置定语，也可单独使用。特指时必须加定冠词the。

【考例】 The quality of education in this small school is better than ______ in some larger schools. （2015天津卷）

A. that

B. one

C. it

D. this

【答案】 A

【解析】 句意为：这所小型学校的教学质量要好于一些规模更大的学校。句中空格处代替前面的不可数名词the quality of education，故用代词that，表特指。代词it和one都可指代可数名词单数，但是it指代的是同名同物，one指代的是同名异物，表泛指。故选A项。

【考例】 To her joy, Della earned first the trust of her students and then ____ of her colleagues.（2013辽宁卷）

A. that

B. one

C. ones

D. those

【答案】 A

【解析】 根据句意“让她高兴的是，德拉先赢得了学生的信任，然后又赢得了同事的信任”，此处不定代词用于替代不可数名词trust，应使用that。如果替代可数名词复数则用those或the ones。

【考例】 If you're buying today's paper from the stand, could you get ____ for me?（2012辽宁卷）

A. one

B. such

C. this

D. that

【答案】 A

【解析】 句意为：如果你去报摊上买今天的报纸，给我捎回一份好吗？空格处表示泛指“一份报纸”，故用表示泛指单数名词的替代词one。that作替代词时通常表示特指，代替不可数名词或单数的可数名词。

【考例】 Studying Wendy's menu, I found that many of the items are similar to ____ of McDonald's.（2012浙江卷）

A. those

B. one

C. any

D. all

【答案】 A

【解析】 句意为：通过研究温迪快餐店的菜单，我发现它的很多食品与麦当劳的相似。空格处替代前面出现的复数名词items，并且后面有后置定语of McDonald's，故用表示特指复数名词的替代词those。

【考例】 The cost of renting a house in central Xi'an is higher than ____ in any other area of the city. （2010陕西卷）

A. that

B. this

C. it

D. one

【答案】 A

【解析】 所填答案用于比较状语从句中，替代句子的主语cost，即替代不可数名词，故用that。

2. 考查all, both, either, neither, each, none的用法

both, either和neither皆表示两者，可作主语、宾语和定语。both还可作同位语。neither表示两者否定；either表示两者中任何一个，强调个体；both表示两者肯定。

all和none表示三者或三者以上。all表示全部肯定，而none表示全部否定。all可作主语、宾语、表语、定语和同位语；none作主语、宾语和同位语，但不能作定语。all作主语时，指人看作复数，指物看作单数；none作主语，看作单复数皆可。both, all, each, none作主语同位语时，通常放在行为动词前面，be动词、助动词和情态动词的后面。all和both与not连用表示部分否定。

【考例】 The research group produced two reports based on the survey, but ____ contained any useful suggestions.（2015福建卷）

A. all

B. none

C. either

D. neither

【答案】 D

【解析】 句意为：这个研究小组基于调查做了两份报告，但是没有一份报告含有任何有用的建议。all与none指三者或三者以上，与前面的“two reports”不一致，可以排除A、B两项。neither意为“两者都不”，either意为“两者之一”。根据句意选择D项。

【考例】 — When shall I call, in the morning or afternoon?

— ____. I'll be in all day.（2014江西卷）

A. Any

B. None

C. Neither

D. Either

【答案】 D

【解析】 问句意为：“我什么时候打电话过来？上午还是下午？”根据答语“都可以，我一整天都在。”可知是在“上午”和“下午”这两种情况中做出选择，并且两种情况都可以。A、B项通常都表示三者或者三者以上的情况，neither表示两者都不。故D项正确，意思是“两者中的任意一个”。

【考例】 She'd lived in London and Manchester, but she liked ____ and moved to Cambridge.（2014四川卷）

A. both

B. neither

C. none

D. either

【答案】 B

【解析】 句意为：在伦敦和曼彻斯特她都曾生活过，但这两个地方她都不喜欢，就搬到了剑桥。both表示两者都肯定；neither表示两者全部否定；none表三者及以上全部否定；either表两者中选择其一。此处是表示两者全部否定，故使用neither。

【考例】 — John, when shall we meet again, Thursday or Friday?

— ____. I'll be off to London then.（2012重庆卷）

A. Either

B. Neither

C. Both

D. None

【答案】 B

【解析】 问句意为“约翰，我们什么时候再次见面？是周四还是周五？”根据答语“I'll be off to London then.”可知，约定的周四或者周五对约翰来说都不行。B选项是“两者都不”之意，符合语境。either意为“两者中任何一个”；both意为“两者都”；none意为“没有一个”，是对三者或三者以上的否定。

3. 考查other, the other, another, others的用法

指代单数时，若是泛指，用another；若是特指，则用the other。

指代复数时，若是泛指，用other修饰名词的复数形式；若是特指，用the other修饰名词的复数形式。

others不能作定语，表示复数意义，相当于“other+复数名词”；the others相当于“the other+复数名词”。

another一般表示单数，其后接可数名词的单数形式。但若其后有数词或few修饰时，则可接复数名词。

【考例】 In some countries, people eat with chopsticks, while in ____, knives and forks.（2014福建卷）

A. another

B. others

C. both

D. all

【答案】 B

【解析】 句意为：在一些国家，人们用筷子吃饭。然而在另外一些国家，人们用刀和叉吃饭。others相当于other countries。Some...others...是固定搭配，意思是“一些……，另一些……”。

【考例】 Neither side is prepared to talk to ____ unless we can smooth things over between them.（2010全国卷Ⅱ）

A. others

B. the other

C. another

D. one other

【答案】 B

【解析】 neither含有“两者都不”之意，原文指双方都没准备好与对方交谈，故用the other指“两者中的另一个（方）”。

【考例】 The manager believes prices will not rise by more than ____ four percent.（2008四川卷）

A. any other

B. the other

C. another

D. other

【答案】 C

【解析】 题干的意思应该是“价格不会再增长超过4%”；any other“其他的，另外的”；the other“两者中第二者”；another“另外，又”，可放在数词前面；other表示“另外”时，和more一样，要放在数字的后面。

4. 考查some, any及其相应复合代词的辨析

some多用于肯定句，any多用于否定句、疑问句。但下列情况中常用some：

1）some后接单数可数名词，意为“某一”时，相当于“a certain+单数可数名词”。

2）在表示请求或邀请的句子中，为了期望对方给予一个肯定的答复，通常用some，而不用any。

在下列肯定句中常用any：

1） 用于陈述句或祈使句中，作代词或形容词，意为“任何，无论哪一个”，后接可数名词单数形式。如：

Any book will do — I just want something to read on the train.

2） 用于肯定的条件句中，用作代词或形容词，意为“什么，一个（些）”；if any意为“若有的话”。如：

He asked me if I had any books in my desk.

Correct the mistakes in his composition, if any.

some, any, every常与-one, -body, -thing构成复合不定代词，其基本用法与some, any, every用法相当。

【考例】 The meeting will be held in September, but ____ knows the date for sure.（2015重庆卷）

A. everybody

B. nobody

C. anybody

D. somebody

【答案】 B

【解析】 句意为：会议将在九月举行，但没有人知道确切的日期。根据but表示转折可知要填nobody，意为“没有人知道”，故选B项。

【考例】 You can ask anyone for help. ____ here is willing to lend you a hand.（2014安徽卷）

A. One

B. No one

C. Everyone

D. Someone

【答案】 C

【解析】 句意为：你可以向任何人求助。这里的每一个人都愿意向你伸出援助之手。强调“所有人”用everyone。

【考例】 A smile costs ____, but gives much.（2014重庆卷）

A. anything

B. something

C. nothing

D. everything

【答案】 C

【解析】 句意为：微笑不需要我们花费任何东西，但是却会给我们很多。anything意为“任何东西”；something意为“某些东西；重要人物”；nothing意为“什么也没有”；everything意为“所有的东西”。本题中的关键词是but，说明上下文之间是转折关系，所选词要和后面的much表示相反的意思，故C项正确。

【考例】The meeting will be held in September, but ______ knows the date for sure.（2015重庆卷）

A. everybody

B. nobody

C. anybody

D. somebody

【答案】B

【解析】句意为：会议将在九月举行，但没有人知道确切的日期。根据but表示转折可知要填nobody，“没有人知道”，故选B项。

【考例】 —Have you figured out how much the trip will cost?

—$ 4,000, or ____ like that.（2012福建卷）

A. anything

B. everything

C. something

D. nothing

【答案】 C

【解析】 句意为：——你算出旅行要花多少费用了吗？——4000美元，或大致如此。something like that 意为“大致如此，差不多这样”，something在本句中表示不确定的描述或数量，意为“大致，左右”。

二、考查it的用法

1. 考查it替代上文提到的事物或情况

【考例】 An average of just 18.75cm of rain fell last year, making ____ the driest year since California became a state in 1850.（2014浙江卷）

A. each

B. it

C. this

D. one

【答案】 B

【解析】 句意为：去年一年加利福尼亚平均降雨量仅为18.75厘米，是它自1850年成为州以来最干旱的一年。此处要用代词it指代前面的名词last year。

【考例】 I like this house with a beautiful garden in front, but I don't have enough money to buy ____.（2009四川卷）

A. one

B. it

C. this

D. that

【答案】 B

【解析】 it替代上文中同名同物的this house。

2. 考查it作形式主语或宾语，代替不定式、动名词、主语从句或宾语从句

【考例】 Susan made ____ clear to me that she wished to make a new life for herself.（2014山东卷）

A. that

B. this

C. it

D. her

【答案】 C

【解析】 句意为：苏珊让我了解了她希望开始新生活的想法。主句部分为主谓宾补结构。that 引导的是宾语从句。宾补前面缺的是形式宾语，因此选择it 作为形式宾语。

【考例】 No matter where he is, he makes ____ a rule to go for a walk before breakfast.（2012陕西卷）

A. him

B. this

C. that

D. it

【答案】 D

【解析】 句意为：无论他在哪里，他都有早饭前散步的习惯。空格处所填单词做动词make的形式宾语，真正的宾语是不定式短语to go for a walk before breakfast。

3. 考查it用于构成强调结构

强调结构的基本形式是It is / was + 被强调部分 + that / who... ，可以用来强调主语、宾语、状语等，不能强调谓语动词，此结构去掉后句子依然成立。注意强调结构的疑问式、not... until... 句式的强调句式等变形。通常考查强调结构的判别以及使用强调结构后的主谓一致。

【考例】 It was 80 years before Christopher Columbus crossed the Atlantic ____ Zheng He sailed to East Africa.（2012重庆卷）

A. when

B. that

C. after

D. since

【答案】 B

【解析】 此题考查特殊句式之强调句。句意为：早在克里斯托弗·哥伦布穿越大西洋的80年前，郑和就航行到了东非。本句特意强调时间状语，强调郑和远航非洲的了不起。去掉It was...that...后，句子依然成立，故此句是一个强调句，空格处应填that。

三、考查疑问代词、反身代词以及人称代词等的用法

【考例】 If our parents do everything for us children, we won't learn to depend on ____ . （2010上海卷）

A. themselves

B. them

C. us

D. ourselves

【答案】 D

【解析】 主语为we，因此应填反身代词ourselves。depend on oneself意思是“依靠自己，自力更生”。

【考例】 Our neighbors gave ____ a baby bird yesterday that hurt ____ when it fell from its nest.（2008湖南卷）

A. us; it

B. us; itself

C. ourselves; itself

D. ourselves; it

【答案】 B

【解析】 第一空用人称代词us，动作的发出者和承受者不同；第二空用反身代词，指前面幼鸟本身。

【考例】 Isn't it amazing how the human body heals ____ after an injury?（2008江西卷）

A. himself

B. him

C. itself

D. it

【答案】 C

【解析】 itself 指代前面的the human body。

【考例】 My daughter often makes a schedule to get ____ reminded of what she is to do in the day.（2005上海春季卷）

A. herself

B. her

C. she

D. hers

【答案】 A

【解析】 根据句意“我女儿经常制定时间表来提醒自己一天中应该做什么”可知应使用反身代词。

【考例】 The mother didn't know ____ to blame for the broken glass as it happened while she was out.（2002全国卷）

A. who

B. when

C. how

D. what

【答案】 A

【解析】 根据句意“妈妈不知道这个杯子碎了该怨谁，因为事情发生在她出去的时候。”可知应选用疑问代词who。

【考例】 — Susan, go and join your sister cleaning the yard.

— Why ____? John is sitting there doing nothing. （2003全国卷）

A. him

B. he

C. I

D. me

【答案】 D

【解析】 本题考查人称代词在口语中的使用情况。“why + 动词原形或代词”表示“责备”或“抱怨”的意思。根据对话的意思，可以排除A、B两个答案。口语中why后常用宾格。

巩固练习

1. The engine in your car works far better than ____.

A. my car

B. mine car

C. that in mine

D. that in my car's

2. — I feel a bit hungry.

— Why don't you have ____ bread?

A. any

B. little

C. some

D. a

3. I want very much to buy a color TV set, but I can't afford ____.

A. one

B. it

C. that

D. this

4. He came back from the market with a piece of meat in ____ hand and some fish in ____.

A. one; another

B. the one; the other

C. the one; another

D. one; the other

5. The street is beautiful, for there are trees on ____.

A. neither side

B. either side

C. both side

D. all sides

6. ____ of the animals hibernate in winter. Some only half hibernate.

A. All

B. No all

C. Not all

D. None

7. Please come in and make ____ at home, boys!

A. you

B. yourself

C. yourselves

D. yours

8. The teacher kept telling the naughty boy that he shouldn't play in class, but ____ didn't help.

A. he

B. which

C. she

D. it

9. You'll have to borrow ____ dictionary. I'm using ____.

A. somebody else's; my

B. somebody's; my

C. somebody else's; mine

D. somebody's; mine

10. Don't laugh at the failure of ____, because ____ enjoys being laughed at.

A. others; nobody

B. other; everyone

C. the other; anyone

D. others; someone

11. — How about the price of these refrigerators?

— They're equal in price too, if not cheaper than, ____ at the other stores.

A. others

B. it

C. that

D. the ones

12. We couldn't eat in a restaurant because ____ of us had ____ money on us.

A. all; no

B. any; no

C. none; any

D. no one; any

13. — Can you come on Monday or Tuesday?

— I'm afraid ____ is possible.

A. either

B. neither

C. some

D. any

14. — Do you have ____ at home?

— No, we still have to get several pounds of fruit and some tea.

A. something

B. everything

C. anything

D. nothing

15. Some people would rather ride bicycles as bicycle riding has ____ of the trouble of taking buses.

A. nothing

B. none

C. some

D. neither

16. The two girls are getting on very well and share ____ with each other. （2008安徽卷）

A. little

B. much

C. some

D. none

17. — How do you find your new classmates?

— Most of them are kind, but ____ is so good to me as Bruce. （2008福建卷）

A. none

B. no one

C. every one

D. some one

18. Make sure you've got the passports and tickets and ____ before you leave. （2008山东卷）

A. something

B. anything

C. everything

D. nothing

19. — Could you tell me how to get to Victoria Street?

— Victoria Street? ____ is where the Grand Theatre is. （2008辽宁卷）

A. Such

B. There

C. That

D. This

20. It was hard for him to learn English in a family, in which ____ of the parents spoke the language. （2008北京卷）

A. none

B. neither

C. both

D. each

21. — Could we see each other at 3 o'clock this afternoon?

— Sorry, let's make it ____ time. （2008重庆卷）

A. other's

B. the other

C. another

D. other

22. — Do you want tea or coffee?

— ____, I really don't mind. （2008上海卷）

A. none

B. neither

C. either

D. all

23. Over the past 20 years, the Internet has helped change our world in ____ way or another for the better.（2009重庆卷）

A. any

B. one

C. every

D. either

24. Jane was asked a lot of questions, but she didn't answer ____ of them.（2009陕西卷）

A. other

B. any

C. none

D. some

25. Being a parent is not always easy, and being the parent of a child with special needs often carries with ____ extra stress. （2009北京卷）

A. it

B. them

C. one

D. him

26. — I've read another book this week.

— Well, maybe ____ is not how much you read but what you read that counts.（2009浙江卷）

A. this

B. that

C. there

D. it

27. It is obvious to the students ____ they should get well prepared for their future.（2009天津卷）

A. as

B. which

C. whether

D. that

28. I felt so bad all day yesterday that I decided this morning I couldn't face ____ day like that.（2009山东卷）

A. other

B. another

C. the other

D. others

29. Nine in ten parents said there were significant differences in their approach to educating their children compared with ____ of their parents.（2009江苏卷）

A. those

B. one

C. both

D. that

30. — Mum, have you seen my mobile phone?

— ____ you bought last week? I'm afraid I haven't seen ____.

A. The one; it

B. The one; one

C. One; it

D. One; one

第四节 数词考点

数词在高考中虽然不像其他词类那么“热”，但也有其考查的重点和难点，须引起同学们的注意。

一、考查基数词的用法

1. 基数词dozen, score, hundred, thousand, million等表示确切数目时不能加-s，其前可加数词或several, some等修饰，其后通常不跟of（后有these, those或代词宾格时可跟of）；表示笼统数目时，要加-s，其前不能用数词，其后可跟of。dozen和score的用法要注意以下几点：

1）dozen与数词或many, several等连用时，不加-s，所修饰的名词前常省去of。如two （many, several） dozen pencils。但是，在a dozen of these /those people, two dozen of them等短语中应加of，这是习惯用法。

2）two score of people中应加of，但像three score and ten people（70人）中不加of。

3）表示泛指可使用dozens / scores of形式。

【考例】 It is reported that the floods have left about ____ people homeless.（2007浙江卷）

A. two thousand

B. two-thousands

C. two thousands

D. two thousands of

【答案】 A

【解析】 thousand, million等表示确切数目时不能加-s，其前可加数词或several, some等修饰，其后通常不跟of。

【考例】 She went to the bookstore and bought ____ .（2006北京卷）

A. dozen books

B. dozens books

C. dozen of books

D. dozens of books

【答案】 D

【解析】 dozen前有具体数字或some, several等修饰时其后不加-s；但是表示笼统数目时，要加-s，其前不能用数词，其后常跟of。

【考例】 ____ people in the world are sending information by e-mail every day.（2001上海春季卷）

A. Several million

B. Many millions

C. Several millions

D. Many million

【答案】 A

【解析】 million前可用several修饰，此时其后不能加-s，many不能修饰million。表达“几百万”也可用millions of。

【考例】 Mr. Smith ____ me to buy several ____ eggs for the dinner party.（1994上海卷）

A. asked; dozen

B. suggested; dozens of

C. had; dozen

D. persuaded; dozens

【答案】 A

【解析】 dozen前有具体数字或some, several等修饰时要用单数形式；have作使役动词时，宾补应省to。

2. 年龄、年代的表达法。

表达“在某人几十几岁”用“in one's +逢十的基数词复数”；表达“在几十年代”用“in the +逢十的基数词复数”。

【考例】 It is not rare in ____ that people in ____ fifties are going to university for further education.（1999上海卷）

A. 90s; the

B. the 90s; 不填

C. 90s; their

D. the 90s; their

【答案】 D

【解析】 根据题意，第一空应表示“年代”，第二空表示“在某人几十岁的时候”。

3. 基数词可与名词等构成合成形容词，用连字符连接，作前置定语，其中的名词应使用单数形式。

【考例】 It took us quite a long time to get here. It was ____ journey.（2005北京春季卷）

A. three hour

B. a three hour

C. a three-hour

D. three hours

【答案】 C

【解析】 合成形容词作定语时，其中的名词用单数形式。

二、考查序数词的用法

1. 序数词一般由基数词加-th构成。以y结尾的基数词构成序数词时，先把y变为i，再加-eth。如the twentieth / fiftieth。不规则的序数词有以下几个：first, second, third, fifth, eighth, ninth, twelfth。序数词前通常要加定冠词the，但序数词不表顺序而表“再一”、“又一”时，要用不定冠词。

【考例】 The cakes are delicious. He'd like to have ____ third one because ____ second one is rather too small. （2002上海春季卷）

A. a; a

B. the; the

C. a; the

D. the; a

【答案】 C

【解析】 从句意可知，第一空表示“再一”，应填a；第二空表示顺序“第二”，应填the。

【考例】 Paper money was in ____ use in China when Marco Polo visited the country in ____ thirteenth century. （1999全国卷）

A. the; 不填

B. the; the

C. 不填; the

D. 不填;不填

【答案】 C

【解析】 in use是习语，不加冠词，序数词前要使用定冠词。

2. 编号有两种表示法：

1）事物名词（不加冠词）+基数词

2）定冠词the+序数词+事物名词 如：

Part One=the First Part; Lesson Three=the Third Lesson

三、考查分数和百分数的用法

1. 分数由基数词和序数词合成，分子用基数词，分母用序数词。分子大于1时，作分母的序数词要用复数形式。如：

三分之一one（a） third

三分之二two thirds

但是：二分之一one（a） half；四分之一one（a） quarter

2. 百分数由基数词后加percent构成。如：30﹪，30 percent。

3. 表示几分之几（或百分之几）的人或物时，须在分数（或百分数）和人或物间加of。若充当主语，谓语动词的数须与of后的名词保持一致。

【考例】 The company had about 20 notebook computers but only one-third ____ used regularly. Now we have 60 working all day long.（2006浙江卷）

A. is

B. are

C. was

D. were

【答案】 D

【解析】 此题主语one-third后省略了of the notebook computers，因此主语表达的是复数意义。

【考例】 ____ of the land in that district ____ covered with trees and grass.（2000上海卷）

A. Two fifth; is

B. Two fifth; are

C. Two fifths; is

D. Two fifths; are

【答案】 C

【解析】 “五分之二”应为“two fifths”；land是不可数名词，谓语动词应使用单数形式。

四、考查倍数的表达法

英语中表达倍数常用下列句型：

1. A is three （four... ） times the size（height, length, width... ） of B

2. A is three （four... ） times as big（high, long, wide... ） as B

3. A is three （four... ） times bigger（higher, longer, wider... ） than B

用times表示倍数，一般只限于三倍或三倍以上的数，表示两倍可用twice或double。

【考例】 At a rough estimate, Nigeria is ____ Great Britain.（2005上海卷）

A. three times the size as

B. the size three times of

C. three times as the size of

D. three times the size of

【答案】 D

【解析】 该题符合倍数表达法的第一种句型。

巩固练习

1. Two ____ died of cold last winter.

A. hundreds old people

B. hundred old people

C. hundreds old peoples

D. hundred old peoples

2. He was only in ____ at the time.

A. his 20's

B. the 20's

C. his twenties

D. the twenties

3. The two great men wrote those letters in ____.

A. 1870's

B. 1870s

C. the 1870's

D. the 1870

4. I wonder if I can ask him ____ time.

A. four

B. fourth

C. the fourth

D. a fourth

5. He came out ____ in the track events.

A. first

B. one

C. the first

D. the one

6. It was in 1939 that ____ broke out.

A. World War Second

B. the World War Second

C. Second World War

D. World War II

7. You'll have to spend ____ writing your report here.

A. one day or two days

B. one or two day

C. a day or two

D. two days or one

8. He cut the cake ____.

A. in halves

B. in half

C. into the halves

D. into half

9. The earth is nearly ____ the moon.

A. 50 time the size of

B. 50 times the size of

C. 50 times as size as

D. 50 times as that of

10. Either you or the headmaster ____ the prizes for these gifted students at the meeting.

A. is handing in

B. are to hand out

C. are handing in

D. is to hand out

11. ____ of the population here are peasants.

A. 20 percents

B. 20 percent

C. The 20 percent

D. The 20 percents

12. It's about ____ the thickness of a human hair.

A. two-fifteenth

B. two-fifteenths

C. two fifteen

D. two fifteens

13. The price of such material was reduced ____.

A. by 18 percent

B. to 18 percent

C. at 18 percent

D. for 18 percent

14. South of the equator, 81 percent of the surface of the earth ____ water.

A. is

B. are

C. was

D. were

15. They sold ____ boxes of such sweets last week.

A. four dozen

B. four dozens

C. four dozens of

D. four dozen of

16. It took me ____ days to finish drawing a beautiful horse.

A. a half dozen

B. half a dozen

C. haft dozens

D. half dozen

17. ____ people were sent there to help fight against the flood.

A. Three scores of

B. Three score of

C. Three score

D. Three scores

18. Don't leave your work ____.

A. done half

B. half done

C. a half done

D. done a half

19. Nobody can do two things well ____.

A. at one time

B. at a time

C. one time

D. once

20. He has ____ books in his study.

A. several thousands

B. some thousands of

C. some thousands

D. some thousand of

21. There were six people at the table, and they asked the waiter for ____ and ____.

A. two cups of tea; four coffee

B. two teas; four coffee

C. two teas; four coffees

D. two cup of tea; four cup of coffee

22. It was in ____ when he was already in ____ that he went to Yan'an.

A. the 1940s; the 40s

B. the 1940s; his forties

C. 1940's; his forties

D. the 1940's; his 40s

23. Staying in the hotel for a day costs ____ renting a room in a dormitory for a week.

A. as much twice as

B. as twice much as

C. twice as much as

D. as twice as

24. He bought ____.

A. half a dozen apples

B. half dozens of apples

C. half a dozen of apples

D. half a dozens of apples

25. Three-fourths of the land ____ covered with trees.

A. are

B. is

C. were

D. was

第五节 形容词、副词考点

形容词和副词是中学英语中的重要词法，也是高考测试的热点之一。下面结合高考试题，谈谈形容词、副词的考查热点。

一、考查形容词副词的位置

1. 单个形容词作定语，通常放在所修饰的名词之前。但else修饰疑问代词what, who, which, whose以及由some, any, no与body, one, thing等结合而成的代词时，else放在这些词后面；表语形容词alike, awake, alone, asleep, afraid等以及present（出席的，到场的）作定语时，须放在所修饰词的后面。

【考例】 If this dictionary is not yours, ____ can it be?（2001北京春季卷）

A. what else

B. who else

C. which else's

D. who else's

【答案】 D

【解析】 该句意为：如果这本字典不是你的，它可能会是谁的？else修饰疑问代词要放代词后，who else's后省略了dictionary，选项B指人，不是指字典。

【考例】 All the people ____ at the party were his supporters.（2002北京卷）

A. present

B. thankful

C. interested

D. important

【答案】 A

【解析】 present表示“出席的”，为表语形容词，作定语要后置。

2. 多个形容词修饰同一名词作定语时，可采用口诀“县（限）官（观）行（形）令（龄）宴（颜）国才（材）”来记忆排列顺序，效果不错。“限”是指冠词、代词、数词、描述性形容词等表示限定的词；“观”是指“大小”、“长短”、“高低”等表示外观的词；“形”是指“圆”、“方”等表示形状的词；“龄”是指表示“新旧”、“老幼”的词；“颜”指颜色词；“国”指“国籍”、“产地”；“材”指“材料”、“质地”。

【考例】 This ____ girl is Linda's cousin.（2005北京卷）

A. pretty little Spanish

B. Spanish little pretty

C. Spanish pretty little

D. little pretty Spanish

【答案】 A

【解析】 pretty是表示描述性的形容词，little是表示“大小”的形容词，Spanish是表示“国籍”的形容词，根据口诀，可确定答案为A。

3. 复合形容词只能作前置定语，中间用连字符连接，其中的名词应使用单数形式。

【考例】 It took us quite a long time to get to the amusement park. It was ____ journey. （2010上海卷）

A. three hour

B. a three-hours

C. a three-hour

D. three hours

【答案】 C

【解析】 此题考查复合形容词作定语。应使用“数词+连字符+名词”的形式，其中连字符连接的名词用单数形式，a three-hour journey意为“三小时的路程”。

4. 副词可作状语，位置比较灵活，可放在句首，也可放在句中或句尾。

【考例】 ____, some famous scientists have the qualities of being both careful and careless.（2004上海春季卷）

A. Strangely enough

B. Enough strangely

C. Strange enough

D. Enough strange

【答案】 A

【解析】 此处作状语，应使用副词strangely，enough修饰形容词或副词时应放在被修饰词之后。

二、考查同义词（组）辨析

1. 兼有两种形式的副词：与形容词同形的副词表示具体意义，带-ly的副词表示抽象意义。常见的有：

close接近地；closely仔细地，密切地

free免费地；freely自由地，无拘束地

hard努力地；hardly几乎不

high高；highly高度地，非常地

deep深；deeply深深地（抽象意义）

wide宽；widely广泛地

late晚；lately近来

most极，非常；mostly主要地

near邻近；nearly几乎

【考例】 It was raining heavily. Little Mary felt cold, so she stood ____ to her mother.（2002北京卷）

A. close

B. closely

C. closed

D. closing

【答案】 A

【解析】 此处表示站得离母亲“近”，表示具体的距离，应使用close。

2. much too与too much

much too的中心词为too（副词），其后跟形容词或副词；too much的中心词是much（形容词），其后跟名词。

【考例】 It's high time you had your hair cut; it's getting ____. （2009全国卷II）

A. too much long

B. much too long

C. long too much

D. too long much

【答案】 B

【解析】 修饰形容词long应使用much too。

3. so与such

so是副词，不能修饰名词，应修饰形容词；such是形容词，可修饰名词。其搭配结构是：so+形容词+a/an+可数名词单数；such+a/an+（形容词）+名词。如果是不可数名词或复数名词，则只能用such，不能用so。

【考例】 We were in ____ when we left that we forgot the airline tickets.（2003上海卷）

A. a rush so anxious

B. a such anxious rush

C. so an anxious rush

D. such an anxious rush

【答案】 D

【解析】 也可以用so anxious a rush。

三、考查具体语境中形容词副词的使用

【考例】 They gave money to the old people's home either ____ or through their companies.（2015安徽卷）

A. legally

B. sincerely

C. personally

D. deliberately

【答案】 C

【解析】 句意为：他们给老人的家里送钱，有的是以个人的名义，有的则是通过他们的公司。legally意为“合法地”；sincerely意为“真诚地”；personally意为“亲自，当面地”；deliberately意为“故意地”。根据句意选择C项。

【考例】 Thanks for your directions to the house; we wouldn't have found it ____.（2014江西卷）

A. nowhere

B. however

C. otherwise

D. instead

【答案】 C

【解析】 本题考查副词词义辨析。句意为：多亏你指明了房子的方向，要不然我们是找不到的。nowhere意为“任何地方都不，无处”；however意为“然而”；otherwise意为“否则，要不然”；instead意为“代替，而不是”。本句实际上是一个含蓄条件句，表示的是与过去事实相反的虚拟语气，主句使用的“情态动词+have done”，otherwise=if there had not been your directions to the house。

【考例】 — Can you lend me the book Gone with the Wind?

— Sorry. I returned it to the library just now. Maybe it is still ____.

（2012福建卷）

A. available

B. affordable

C. acceptable

D. valuable

【答案】 A

【解析】 根据前半句“我刚刚还给图书馆”和空格所在句中的still可知这本书或许是“还可得到的”，故用available。而affordable意为“支付得起的”；acceptable意为“可接受的”；valuable意为“贵重的”，均与题意不符。

【考例】 Father ____ goes to the gym with us although he dislikes going there. （2010湖南卷）

A. hardly

B. seldom

C. sometimes

D. never

【答案】 C

【解析】 考查副词在具体语境中的使用。A项意为“几乎不”，B项意为“很少”，C项意为“有时”，D项意为“从不”。句意为：尽管父亲不喜欢去那儿，但他有时还是和我们一起去锻炼。故选C项。

四、考查形容词副词的比较等级

1. 考查同级比较结构中倍数和名词的位置以及形容词与副词的选用。

一般说来，倍数应位于as... as... 结构的前面，名词通常位于as... as... 结构里面，当名词是可数名词单数时，应使用“as+形容词+a / an+单数名词+as”结构。

【考例】 It's said that the power plant is now ____ large as what it was.（2013安徽卷）

A. twice as

B. as twice

C. twice much

D. much twice

【答案】 A

【解析】 考查比较级倍数表达句型。句型为：倍数+as+形容词、副词原级+as+比较对象。故选A项。

【考例】 This restaurant wasn't ____ that other restaurant we went to.（2012全国新课标卷）

A. half as good as

B. as half good as

C. as good as half

D. good as half as

【答案】 A

【解析】 句意为：这家餐馆还不如我们去的另一家餐馆的一半好。同级比较结构中倍数应位于as... as... 结构的前面，即“倍数+as+形容词原级+ as... ”，故本题选A项。

【考例】 The new stadium being built for the next Asian Games will be ____ the present one.（2011陕西卷）

A. as three times big as

B. three times as big as

C. as big as three times

D. as big three times as

【答案】 B

【解析】 同级比较结构中，倍数应放在as... as结构的前面，构成“倍数+as+形容词+as +名词”结构。

2. 考查形容词副词比较级前的修饰语。比较级前可加much, far, by far, a lot, a great deal, a bit, a little, still, even, rather, any, no等修饰，但不能用very, quite, fairly, so, too等只能修饰原级的词。

【考例】 — The film is, I have to say, not a bit interesting.

— Why? It's ____ than the films I have ever seen.（2011江西卷）

A. far more interesting

B. much less interesting

C. no more interesting

D. any less interesting

【答案】 A

【解析】 程度副词可修饰形容词比较级，放于比较级前。而根据语境，前一个人称这部电影很没意思。后一个人进行反问：“为什么？我觉得它比我之前看的任何电影都有趣多了。”故正确选项为A。此题考查形容词比较级的用法，同时考查对not a bit的理解。“not a bit”意为“一点也没有；一点也不”，而另外一个类似的短语“not a little”则意为“很多；非常”。

【考例】 After two years' research, we now have a ____ better understanding of the disease.（2007全国卷II）

A. very

B. far

C. fairly

D. quite

【答案】 B

【解析】 四个选项中只有far能修饰比较级，其他副词只能修饰原级。

3. 考查用比较级形式表达最高级意义。

1） 否定意义的词与比较级连用，常可用来表达最高级意义。

【考例】 Mr. Black is very happy because the clothes made in his factory have never been ____.（2010全国卷Ⅱ）

A. popular

B. more popular

C. most popular

D. the most popular

【答案】 B

【解析】 句意为：布莱克先生非常高兴，因为他的工厂生产的衣服从未如此受人欢迎。此处比较级与否定词连用表示最高级意义。

2） 两者进行比较时，常用“the+比较级”表示最高级意义。

【考例】 Of the two coats, I'd choose the ____ one to spare some money for a book.（2007四川卷）

A. cheapest

B. cheaper

C. more expensive

D. most expensive

【答案】 B

【解析】 根据前文可知表示从两者中选择，应使用“the+比较级”，从后面“余出些钱买书”可知要买那件“较便宜的”。

【考例】 If the manager had to choose between the two, he would say John was ____ choice.（1995上海卷）

A. good

B. the best

C. better

D. the better

【答案】 D

【解析】 表示两者中“最……”，要用the+比较级。

4. 考查暗含比较。近年来的高考题在测试比较级时倾向于不出现比较的对象，而让考生通过语境体会比较的意味，这一点须引起注意。

【考例】 How much ____ she looked without her glasses! （2009全国卷I）

A. well

B. good

C. best

D. better

【答案】 D

【解析】 考查暗含比较。这是一个感叹句，意思是“她不戴眼镜比戴着眼镜好看得多！”

【考例】 — Is your headache getting ____?

— No, it's worse.（2005全国卷Ⅲ）

A. better

B. bad

C. less

D. well

【答案】 A

【解析】 根据否定答语中的worse可知，头疼不但没有变好，而是变得更糟糕了。

【考例】 Mary kept weighing herself to see how much ____ she was getting. （2004全国卷）

A. heavier

B. heavy

C. the heavier

D. the heaviest

【答案】 A

【解析】 根据句意“玛丽不停地称体重是为了看看自己（比以前）重了多少”可知，本题考查的也是暗含比较，应选A。

五、考查形容词（短语）作伴随状语

形容词（短语）常可作伴随状语。如：

He returned home, safe and sound.他安全地回家了。

He is standing there, full of fear.他站在那儿，充满了恐惧。

He lay in bed, wide awake.他躺在床上，十分清醒。

【考例】 ____ and short of breath, Andy and Ruby were the first to reach the top of Mount Tai.（2009浙江卷）

A. To be tried

B. Tired

C. Tiring

D. Being tired

【答案】 B

【解析】 short of breath是形容词短语，and并列的也应该是形容词，此处是形容词短语作伴随状语。

巩固练习

1. He worked very late last Sunday. He went to bed, ____.

A. coldly and hungry

B. cold and hungry

C. coldly and hungrily

D. being cold and angry

2. John plays football ____, if not better than David.

A. as well

B. as well as

C. so well

D. so well as

3. The old man was puzzled by the fact that ____ medicine he took, ____ he seemed to be.

A. the less; the better

B. the most; the worst

C. little; well

D. the more; and the worst

4. The piano in the other shop will be ____ but ____.

A. cheaper；not as good

B. cheaper; not as better

C. more cheap；not as better

D. more cheap；not as good

5. — Excuse me, is this Mr. Brown's office?

— I'm sorry，but Mr. Brown ____ works here. He left about three weeks ago.

A. not more B

. no more

C. not still

D. no longer

6. How beautifully she sings! I have never heard ____.

A. the better voice

B. a good voice

C. a best voice

D. a better voice

7. Wait till you are more ____. It's better to be sure than sorry.

A. inspired

B. certain

C. calm

D. satisfied

8. Jimmy is the oldest boy and is taller than ____ boy in the class.

A. the other

B. any other

C. each

D. all

9. — The weather isn't good enough for an outing, is it?

— Not in the least. We can not have ____ at this time of the year.

A. a worse day

B. a nicer day

C. such bad a day

D. so fine day

10. While tidying the room, Jim found the ____ toy bought for him as a birthday present.

A. fine plastic small

B. plastic flue small

C. small fine plastic

D. fine small plastic

11. You'd better go and buy some tomatoes for the dinner party, for you see, there are ____ tomatoes left in the basket than I imagined.

A. far more

B. far fewer

C. many more

D. many fewer

12. I have ____ to give you as a gift.

A. something enough good

B. enough good something

C. something good enough

D. good enough something

13.The plane flew smoothly ____ in the sky and people spoke ____ of the experienced pilot.

A. high; high

B. highly; highly

C. high; highly

D. highly; high

14. Can you believe that in ____ a rich country there should be ____ many poor people?

A. such; such

B. such; so

C. so; so

D. so; such

15. — Can Li Hua help me with my English?

— I regret to tell you her English is ____ yours.

A. as good as

B. no more than

C. no better than

D. as much as

16. Of the two, I would prefer ____ camera, which is easy for me to carry.

A. a small

B. a smaller

C. the small

D. the smaller

17. It is reported that the United States uses ____ energy as the whole of Europe.

A. as twice

B. twice much

C. twice much as

D. twice as much

18. The Education Ministry suggests teachers should receive ____ education to catch up with the ____ development.

A. farther; late

B. farther; later

C. further; lately

D. further; latest

19. Nowhere have I seen ____ beautiful valley. There are small rivers, flowers and trees everywhere.

A. a more

B. the more

C. the most

D. a most

20. There was silence. “Poor Henry,” he said at last, ____ to himself than to anyone else.

A. better

B. louder

C. more

D. clearer

21. Mr. Smith said that their first trip to the seaside town was ____ one, but their second one was even more interesting.

A. the most interesting

B. very interesting

C. a most interesting

D. a more interesting

22. The number of fans present at the football match was ____ than expected, so there were many tickets left.

A. much more

B. much larger

C. much smaller

D. many more

23. — Henry treats his secretary badly.

— Yes. He seems to think that she is the ____ important person in the office.

A. hardly

B. least

C. less

D. most

24. The Dongfeng company has produced ____ it did last year.

A. twice more trucks as

B. twice as many trucks as

C. twice as much trucks as

D. as twice many trucks as

25. — Are you feeling ____ now?

— Yes. Much happier than ever and I have become thinner and thinner since I joined the health club.

A. rather well

B. more better

C. quite good

D. any better

26. — Do you think it's a good idea to make friends with your students?

— ____, I do. I think it's a great idea.（2009安徽卷）

A. Really

B. Obviously

C. Actually

D. Generally

27. It seems that living green is ____ easy and affordable. A small step masks a big difference.（2009福建卷）

A. exactly

B. fortunately

C. surprisingly

D. hardly

28. I can ____ be a teacher. I'm not a very patient person.（2009湖南卷）

A. seldom

B. ever

C. never

D. always

29. Compared with his sister, Jerry is even more ____ to, and more easily troubled by, emotional and relationship problems.（2009江苏卷）

A. sceptical

B. addicted

C. available

D. sensitive

30. It was a nice house, but ____ too small for a family of five.（2009天津卷）

A. rarely

B. fairly

C. rather

D. pretty

第六节 情态动词考点

情态动词主要用来表示说话人的看法、态度等，它是英语动词中较难把握的一类，也是每年高考必考内容。综观近几年高考试题可以发现，命题者常常借助语境和句子之间意义上的细微差别，来考查考生对情态动词的理解和掌握。因此在平时学习中同学们除了要能够准确掌握它们的基本用法和意义外，还要充分利用高考试题所设置的语境来分析句子之间所体现的特殊关系。近几年的命题热点：情态动词的基本用法辨析，情态动词表示态度的用法辨析，情态动词表示推测的用法辨析，情态动词在虚拟语气中的运用。

一、考查情态动词的基本用法

一些常见情态动词的非常用意义往往为高考考查的焦点，考生须确切理解其含义并根据句子意思选择正确的情态动词。

1. must 和have to

两者都表示“必须”的意思，但 must 含有说话人主观上的看法、态度；have to 则表示客观上的需要。

【考例】 You ____ be careful with the camera. It costs!（2015四川卷）

A. must

B. may

C. can

D. will

【答案】 A

【解析】 句意为：你一定要小心使用这部照相机，它很贵的！根据It costs可知，照相机很昂贵，故选择A项，意思是“必须，一定要”。

【考例】 You ____ buy a gift, but you can if you want to. （2010湖南卷）

A. must

B. mustn't

C. have to

D. don't have to

【答案】 D

【解析】 don't have to 意为“没有必要，不必”，符合语境。句意为：你没有必要买礼物，但如果你想买的话，也可以买。mustn't表示“不准，禁止”，不符合语境。

【考例】 I can't leave. She told me that I ____ stay here until she comes back.（2009全国卷II）

A. can

B. must

C. will

D. may

【答案】 B

【解析】 考查must表示“必须”的基本意思，表示说话人的主观要求。句意为：我不能走。她告诉我必须待在这里直到她回来。

另外，must用于疑问句，表示责备、抱怨的感情色彩，意思为“偏要，硬要”；而mustn't则表示“禁止、不允许”，是说话人强有力的劝告。

【考例】 — ____ you interrupt now? Can't you see I'm on the phone?

— Sorry Sir, but it's urgent.（2012重庆卷）

A. Can

B. Should

C. Must

D. Would

【答案】 C

【解析】 句意为：——你一定要现在打断我吗？难道你没看到我在打电话吗？——对不起，先生。不过，事情确实很急。 Must you...? 意为“你一定要……吗？”， must用于疑问句表示一种不满与谴责。

【考例】 Tom, you ____ leave all your clothes on the floor like this！（2005全国卷II）

A. wouldn't

B. mustn't

C. needn't

D. may not

【答案】 B

【解析】 这里表示说话人强有力的劝告，意思是“禁止、不允许”。

2. can和could

两者都可用来表能力，意为“能够，会”；可用来表示许可（常用在口语中）或表示怀疑、惊异、不相信等态度（常用于否定句，疑问句或感叹句中）与can相比，could所表达的语气更加委婉。

【考例】 It was so noisy that we ____ hear ourselves speak.（2015浙江卷）

A. couldn't B. shouldn't C. mustn't D needn't

【答案】 A

【解析】 句意为：太吵了，我们都听不到自己说话的声音了。根据句意应该选择A项，意为“不能够”。

【考例】 ____ I have a word with you? It won't take long.（2014北京卷）

A. Can

B. Must

C. Shall

D. Should

【答案】 A

【解析】 句意为：我能和你谈谈吗？用不了很长时间。此处can表示请求对方的许可。

3. shall和should

shall用于一、三人称疑问句表示征求对方意见；用于二、三人称肯定句或否定句表示说话人对听话人的“禁止、命令、警告、允诺或威胁等”。

should 用来表示建议、责任、义务时，可译为“应该，应当”，此时可用ought to替换；也可用来表示惊讶、忧虑、赞叹等情绪（用在疑问句中）；还可用来委婉地陈述自己的意见。

【考例】 It was sad to me that they, so poor themselves, ____ bring me food.（2014江苏卷）

A. might

B. would

C. should

D. could

【答案】 C

【解析】 句意为：让我难为情的是，他们自己那么穷，竟然还给我带吃的。should有“竟然”的意思，表示惊讶的感情色彩。

【考例】 One of our rules is that every student ____ wear school uniform while at school.（2012辽宁卷）

A. might

B. could

C. shall

D. will

【答案】 C

【解析】 句意为：我们的一项规定是在校期间每个学生都得穿校服。shall用于二、三人称肯定句或否定句可表达“禁止”、“命令”、“警告”、“威胁”或“允诺”等语气，根据句意应选shall。

【考例】 — I haven't got the reference book yet, but I'll have a test on the subject next month.

— Don't worry. You ____ have it by Friday. （2010江苏卷）

A. could

B. shall

C. must

D. may

【答案】 B

【解析】 考查shall在第二人称中表示允诺的用法。句意为：不要担心。你在星期五之前可以得到这本书。

【考例】 — I think I'll give Bob a ring.

— You ____. You haven't been in touch with him for ages.（2006江苏卷）

A. will

B. may

C. have to

D. should

【答案】 D

【解析】 根据语境，此处表示对方的“责任、义务”。

4. would rather和had better

“had better +动词原形”意为“最好做……”，否定句式为had better not；“would rather +动词原形”意为“宁可，宁愿”，否定句式为would rather not。

【考例】 If you are planning to spend your money having fun this week, better ____ it — you've got some big bills coming.（2004广东卷）

A. forget

B. forgot

C. forgetting

D. to forget

【答案】 A

【解析】 此处better是you had better的省略说法，意思是“最好……”。

【考例】 — Shall we go skating or stay at home？

— Which ____ do yourself?（2003全国卷）

A. do you rather

B. would you rather

C. will you rather

D. should you rather

【答案】 B

【解析】 考查“would rather +动词原形”，表示征询对方意见，意思是“宁愿，宁可”。

5. used to

“used to +动词原形”表示“过去常常做某事”或表示过去的一种惯常状态。

【考例】 In my opinion, life in the twenty-first century is much easier than ____. （2007安徽卷）

A. that used to be

B. it is used to

C. it was used to

D. it used to be

【答案】 D

【解析】 根据语境，此处used to +动词原形表示过去的一种惯常状态；be used to do表示“被用于做什么”。

二、考查情态动词表推测的用法

1. 对现在或将来的推测用“情态动词+动词原形”。

肯定的推测一般用must, should, may（might）或can （could），其中，must的语气最强，译为“肯定”、“准是”、“想必是”；should的语气次之，译为“很可能”、“应该”，指按常理推测；may（might）, can（could）的语气最弱，译为“有时会”、“也许”、“可能”。

否定推测分为两种情况：语气不很肯定时，常用may / might / could not，意思是“可能不”、“也许不”；否定语气较强时，则用can't，意思是“根本不可能”、“想必不会”，表示惊异、怀疑的感情色彩。

【考例】 You ____ be Carol. You haven't changed a bit after all these years.（2015重庆卷）

A. must

B. can

C. will

D. shall

【答案】 A

【解析】 本题考查情态动词表推测的用法。句意为：你肯定是卡罗，这些年你一点也没有变。根据句意应使用must表示对现在的肯定推测。

【考例】 Life is unpredictable; even the poorest ____ become the richest.（2014江西卷）

A. shall

B. must

C. need

D. might

【答案】 D

【解析】 句意为：生活无法预测，即便最贫穷的人也可能会成为最富有的人。表示肯定的推测应使用must或might，A、C项不能表示推测，可排除。must表示推测时语气最强，意思是“肯定，准是”，与本题表达的语气不符。might表示推测的语气弱，意思是“有时会，也许，可能”。

【考例】 It ____ be the postman at the door. It's only six o'clock.（2011江西卷）

A. mustn't

B. can't

C. won't

D. needn't

【答案】 B

【解析】 由后面一句“才刚刚六点钟”可知，门口的“肯定不是”邮递员，表示可能性最强的否定推测，要用can't。故答案为B。

2. 对过去发生事情的推测，用“情态动词+have done”。对过去发生事情的肯定推测用“must / may / might等+have done”；否定推测用“can / may / might not +have done”；疑问推测用“can +have done”。

【考例】 My book, The House of Hales, is missing. Who ____ have taken it?（2014陕西卷）

A. need

B. must

C. should

D. could

【答案】 D

【解析】 句意为：我的那本书名是The House of Hales的书丢了。会是谁把它拿去了呢？对过去的疑问推测用“Can/Could...have done?”

【考例】 Jack described his father, who ____ a brave boy many years ago, as a strong-willed man.（2010安徽卷）

A. would be

B. would have been

C. must be

D. must have been

【答案】 D

【解析】 本题考查情态动词表示对去推测的用法。句意为：杰克把他的父亲描述为一个意志坚强的人，他的父亲多年前肯定很勇敢。用must have been表示对过去事情的肯定推测。

【考例】 — She looks very happy. She ____ have passed the exam.

— I guess so. It's not difficult after all. （2007江苏卷）

A. should

B. could

C. must

D. might

【答案】 C

【解析】 根据上文“她看起来很高兴”和下文“这次考试毕竟不难”可推知她“肯定”通过了考试。对过去已发生事情的肯定推测用“must +完成时”。should have done意思是“本应该做某事而实际上没有做”；could have done表示“本来能够做成某事的但结果没能做成”，含有遗憾的意味；might have done意思是“或许做了某事”，语气很不肯定。

【考例】 — Where is my dictionary? I remember I put it here yesterday.

— You ____ it in the wrong place.（2007江西卷）

A. must put

B. should have put

C. might put

D. might have put

【答案】 D

【解析】 句意为：——我的字典哪儿去了？我记得昨天放在这儿了。——你也许放错地方了。”表示对过去的推测应使用“情态动词+完成时”，should have done意思是“本应该做某事而未做”，might have done意思是“或许做了某事”。

三、考查“情态动词+完成时”的用法

1.“should（ought to）+完成时”表示本应该做某事而实际上没有做。其否定式表示某种行为不该发生但却发生了。

【考例】 — Sorry, Mum! I failed the job interview again.

— Oh, it's too bad. You ____ have made full preparations.（2015福建卷）

A. must

B. can

C. would

D. should

【答案】 D

【解析】 句意为：——对不起，妈妈！我又没有通过职位面试。——噢，太糟糕了。你本应该做好充分准备的。表示“本应该做某事而未做”应使用“should have done”的形式。

【考例】 They ____ have arrived at lunchtime but their flight was delayed.（2011全国卷I）

A. will

B. can

C. must

D. should

【答案】 D

【解析】 此题考查“情态动词+have done”的用法。will作情态动词通常不加完成时，will have done是将来完成时；must have done意为“一定，准是”，表示对过去的肯定推测；should have done意为“本应该做某事而没做”。根据题意，他们本该在午饭时到达，但是他们的航班晚点了，故答案为D。B项是强干扰项，由分句中was delayed可知，这是一般过去时，是描述过去的事情，故应用can的过去式could，could have done sth.表示“本能做某事却没做”。

2.“could+完成时”表示本来能够做成某事但结果没能做成，含有遗憾的意味。

【考例】 We ____ the difficulty together, but why didn't you tell me?（2012北京卷）

A. should face

B. might face

C. could have faced

D. must have faced

【答案】 C

【解析】 句意为：我们本来能够一起面对困难的，但是你当时为什么没有告诉我？表示对过去本来能够做而未做的事情的一种遗憾或后悔，应使用could have done的形式。

【考例】 He did not regret saying what he did but felt that he ____ it differently. （2009江苏卷）

A. could express

B. would express

C. could have expressed

D. must have expressed

【答案】 C

【解析】 could have done意思是“本来能够做成某事的但结果没能做成”，含有遗憾的意味。本句意为：他不后悔自己说了做过的事，但他觉得他本可以用不同的方式来表达。

3.“needn't +完成时”表示本来不必做某事而实际上做了某事。

【考例】 I ____ have worried before I came to the new school, for my classmates here are very friendly to me.（2015天津卷）

A. mightn't

B. mustn't

C. needn't

D. couldn't

【答案】 C

【解析】 句意为：我来新学校之前本没有必要担心的，因为在这里我的同学们对我非常友好。needn't have done表示“本没有必要做某事而实际上已经做了某事”。根据句意可知选择C项。

【考例】 We ____ have bought so much food now that Suzie won't be with us for dinner.（2012江西卷）

A. may not

B. needn't

C. can't

D. mustn't

【答案】 B

【解析】句意为：既然苏西不与我们一起吃晚饭，我们本来不必买这么多食物的。needn't have done表示某事已经做了，但后来觉得没必要去做，因此常含有责备或遗憾之意，译成汉语通常是“本来不必……”，根据句意应选择B项。注意此句中now that相当于连词，表示因果关系，意为“既然”。

四、考查情态动词在虚拟语气中的应用

情态动词should, would, could, might等可与动词原形或动词的完成时连用，表达虚拟语气，一般说来，上述情态动词+动词原形构成表示现在或将来意义的虚拟语气；与完成时连用构成表示过去意义的虚拟语气。

【考例】 I ____ to my cousin's birthday party last night, but I was not available. （2013安徽卷）

A. went

B. had gone

C. would go

D. would have gone

【答案】 D

【解析】 句意为：昨晚我本可以去参加我表哥的生日聚会的，但我没空。选项中能表示对过去虚拟的只有D项。would have done意思是“过去本来会做某事而未做”。

【考例】 Had I known about this computer program, a huge amount of time and energy ____.（2010浙江）

A. would have been saved

B. had been saved

C. will be saved

D. was saved

【答案】 A

【解析】 根据句子的倒装特征判断此处是省略了if的虚拟语气。原句是：If I had known about this computer program, a huge amount of time and energy ____. 故选择A项。句意为：如果我早知道这个电脑程序，就可以节省大量的时间和精力了。表示对过去意义的虚拟，主句中应使用“情态动词+完成时”形式。

【备考建议】

掌握情态动词的基本词义及其用法是把握情态动词的关键，同时要认真比较每个情态动词的用法，注意其细微差别，如shall, can, must, should, will的用法差异；熟悉每个情态动词的适用场合，根据语境及说话人的语气选择恰当的情态动词，如用于推测时，must只用于肯定句中，can一般不能用于肯定句中。may / might不能用于疑问句中；牢记情态动词表示推测的用法，尤其是对过去发生情况的推测；积累虚拟语气的用法，尤其是一些句式和特殊情况。

巩固练习

1. — I hear you've got a set of Australian coins. ____ I have a look?

— Yes, certainly.

A. Do

B. May

C. Need

D. Should

2. He seldom listens to others. He ____ answer for what he has done.

A. shall

B. will

C. can

D. would

3. — May I leave the office before 5 o'clock in the afternoon?

— No, I'm afraid you ____.

A. needn't

B. shouldn't

C. mustn't

D. won't

4. Mr. Bush is on time for everything. How ____ it be that he was late for the opening ceremony?

A. can

B. should

C. may

D. must

5. The traffic light is red, so I ____ stop my car.

A. must

B. have to

C. can

D. mustn't

6. — What happened to the young trees we planted?

— The trees ____ well, but I didn't water them.

A. might grow

B. needn't have grown

C. would grow

D. would have grown

7. I was really anxious about you. You ____ home without a word.

A. mustn't leave

B. shouldn't have left

C. couldn't have left

D. needn't leave

8. Children ____ in public very often, or they will be too proud.

A. should be praised

B. shouldn't have praised

C. shouldn't have been praised

D. shouldn't be praised

9. Tom ____ show his exam results to his parents.

A. dare not

B. dared

C. dare to

D. dares not to

10. She ____ the film. She knows nothing about it.

A. can't see

B. can't have seen

C. must see

D. mustn't have seen

11. They must have been here the day before yesterday, ____?

A. mustn't they

B. weren't they

C. must they

D. had they

12. — I didn't see her yesterday.

— Oh, but you ____.

A. must have

B. ought to

C. should have

D. cannot have

13. — Why do you make me do so?

— I am sorry that you ____ do such a thing.

A. would

B. can

C. should

D. may

14. — Where ____?

— I got stuck in the heavy traffic, or I ____ here earlier.

A. did you go; had arrived

B. are you; would come

C. were you; would come

D. have you been; would have been

15. ____ he come, the problem would be settled.

A. Would

B. Should

C. Shall

D. If

16. Michael ____ be a policeman, for he is much too short.

A. needn't

B. can't

C. should

D. may

17. I told Sally how to get here, but perhaps I ____ for her.

A. had to write it out

B. must have written it out

C. should have written it out

D. ought to write it out

18. Jack ____ yet, otherwise he would have telephoned me.

A. mustn't have arrived

B. shouldn't have arrived

C. can't have arrived

D. needn't have arrived

19. Sir, you ____ be sitting in this waiting room. It is for women and children only.

A. mustn't

B. can't

C. won't

D. needn't

20. A left-luggage office is a place where bags ____ be left for a short time, especially at a railway station.

A. should

B. can

C. must

D. will

21. — Is John coming by train?

— He should, but he ____ not. He likes driving his car.

A. must

B. can

C. need

D. may

22. It has been announced that candidates ____ remain in their seats until all the papers have been collected.

A. can

B. will

C. may

D. shall

23. You can't imagine that a well-behaved gentleman ____ be so rude to a lady.

A. might

B. need

C. should

D. would

24. — Don't forget to come to my birthday party tomorrow.

— ____.

A. I don't

B. I won't

C. I can't

D. I haven't

25. I didn't see her in the meeting-room this morning. She ____ at the meeting.

A. mustn't have spoken

B. shouldn't have spoken

C. needn't have spoken

D. couldn't have spoken

26. The doctor recommended that you ____ swim after eating a large meal.（2009浙江卷）

A. wouldn't

B. couldn't

C. needn't

D. shouldn't

27. — I don't care what people think.

— Well, you ____.（2009四川卷）

A. could

B. would

C. should

D. might

28. The traffic is heavy these days. I ____ arrive a bit late, so could you save me a place?（2009辽宁卷）

A. can

B. must

C. need

D. might

29. — It's the office! So you ____ know eating is not allowed here.

— Oh, sorry.（2009湖南卷）

A. must

B. will

C. may

D. need

30. One of the few things you ____ say about English people with certainty is that they talk a lot about the weather.（2009北京卷）

A. need

B. must

C. should

D. can

第七节 非谓语动词考点

非谓语动词包括不定式、动名词和分词，是各地高考试题测试的重点和热点语法项目之一，其中不定式和分词是考查的重点。综观历届高考试题可以发现，命题者对非谓语动词的以下十大考点非常青睐。

一、考查非谓语动词作主语

能作主语的非谓语动词有不定式和动名词。两者的区别是：表示某一具体的动作时，多用不定式；表示比较抽象的一般的行为倾向时，多用动名词。当动名词或不定式短语较长时，常用it作形式主语放在句首而把动名词或不定式短语放于句末。例如：

Looking after the children is her job. 照看孩子是她的工作。

It is my duty to serve the people. 为人民服务是我的责任。

注意：但在It's no use / good等之后要用动名词作真正的主语，it是作形式主语。例如：

It's no use talking with him. 和他说没有用。

【考例】 ____ the difference between the two research findings will be one of the worst mistakes you make.（2015安徽卷）

A. Ignore

B. Ignoring

C. Ignored

D. Having ignored

【答案】 B

【解析】 句意为：忽视这两项研究结果的差异将会是你所犯的最严重的错误之一。本句的谓语动词是will be，因此前面的是主语部分，应该使用动名词短语作主语，故选择B项。

【考例】 It's standard practice for a company like this one ____ a security officer.（2014山东卷）

A. employed

B. being employed

C. to employ

D. employs

【答案】 C

【解析】 考查非谓语动词作主语。句意为：雇佣一名保安对于这样的公司来说是个惯例。it作形式主语，“to employ a security officer”为真正主语，且a company与employ之间为主动关系，故选C项。

二、考查非谓语动词作宾语

不定式和动名词都可作动词或介词的宾语。

1. 有些动词后只跟不定式作宾语，如：want, wish, hope, manage, demand, promise, refuse, pretend, plan, offer, decide, agree, expect等。例如：

She pretended to understand his words. 她假装听懂了他的话。

【考例】 I can't stand ____ with Jane in the same office. She just refuses ____ talking while she works.（2006北京卷）

A. working; stopping

B. to work; stopping

C. working; to stop

D. to work; to stop

【答案】 C

【解析】 can't stand后接动名词作宾语，意思是“不能忍受做某事”；refuse后接不定式作宾语，意思是“拒绝做某事”。

2. 有些动词后只跟动名词作宾语，如：admit, allow, appreciate, avoid, consider, delay, dislike, enjoy, escape, excuse, finish, forgive, imagine, keep, mind, miss, practice, resist, risk, suggest, deny, stand等。例如：

I suggested going to the exhibition next weekend. 我建议下个周末去看展览。

【考例】 It's quite hot today. Do you feel like _________ for a swim?（2014陕西卷）

A. to go

B. going

C. go

D. having gone

【答案】 B

【解析】 feel like意为“喜欢”，后接名词或v-ing形式作宾语，故选B项。

3. 有些动词后既可以跟不定式又可以跟动名词作宾语，意义上无多大区别，如：love, like, hate, prefer, intend, start, continue等。 例如：

I intend to finish／finishing the task this morning. 我打算今天上午完成这项任务。

4. 有些动词后既可以跟不定式，又可以跟动名词作宾语，但意义上有区别。如：forget, remember, mean, regret, try等。例如：

I remember turning off the lights when I went out of the lab. 我记得当我走出实验室时关了灯。（remember接动名词turning，表示“灯已经关了，现在还记得清楚”）

I remember to see your parents tomorrow. 我记得明天去看望你们的父母亲。（remember接不定式to see，表示“看望”这个动作现在还没有发生，但现在还记得要去做这个动作）

【考例】 I remembered ____ the door before I left the office, but forgot to turn off the lights.（2012安徽卷）

A. locking

B. to lock

C. having locked

D. to have locked

【答案】 B

【解析】 句意为：离开办公室之前我记得要锁门，但是却忘记去关灯了。remember to do表示“记得去做某事（未做）”；remember doing表示“记得做过某事（已做）”。根据句意，此处表示记得要去做，还未做，故用remember to do。

【考例】 — Robert is indeed a wise man.

— Oh, yes. How often I have regretted ____ his advice!（2007安徽卷）

A. to take

B. taking

C. not to take

D. not taking

【答案】 D

【解析】 regret后接动名词表示动作已经发生，意思是“后悔做了某事”；接不定式表示动作尚未发生，意思是“遗憾地去做”。根据句意“我经常后悔没接受他的建议”，应使用动名词作宾语。

【考例】 I still remember ____ to the Famen Temple and what I saw there.（2009陕西卷）

A. to take

B. to be taken

C. taking

D. being taken

【答案】 D

【解析】 根据句意“我仍然记得被带往法门寺和我在那儿所看到的东西”可知，应使用动名词的被动式作宾语。

【考例】 If you think that treating a woman well means always ____ her permission for things, think again.（2006湖南卷）

A. gets

B. got

C. to get

D. getting

【答案】 D

【解析】 根据句意，此处的mean表示“意味着”，应接动名词作宾语。mean表示“打算做，故意做”时，后接不定式作宾语。

5. 介词后可接动名词或不定式作宾语。一般说来，在介词at，in，for，with，without等后面接动词时用动名词，但在but，except（作介词，意思是“除……外”）接动词时，要用不定式（有时带to，有时不带to，取决于前面是否有实义动词do）。例如：

My sister is good at playing the piano. 我妹妹擅长弹钢琴。

She had nothing to do but stay at home. 她没有事情要做，只有待在家里。（but前面有实义动词do，but后面的不定式stay省去to，简单记作“有do省to”）。

I have no choice but to ask the teacher for help. 我别无选择，只有请老师帮忙。（but前面没有实义动词do，but后面的不定式ask就要带上to，简单记作“无do留to”）

【考例】 When it comes to ____ in public, no one can match him.（2014江西卷）

A. speak

B. speaking

C. being spoken

D. be spoken

【答案】 B

【解析】 句意为：提到在公共场所发言，没有人比得上他。本题考查的是固定句式。When it comes to...意为“当谈及/提及/涉及……”。其中to是介词，后面要接名词或者动名词作宾语。故B项正确。

【考例】 If he takes on this work, he will have no choice but ____ an even greater challenge. （2012陕西卷）

A. meets

B. meeting

C. meet

D. to meet

【答案】 D

【解析】 句意为：如果承担这项工作，他将别无选择，只有去面对更大的挑战。所填部分与前文构成固定句式have no choice but to do sth.，意为“别无选择，只有……”，故选D项。

【考例】 Isn't it time you got down to ____ the papers?（2006重庆卷）

A. mark

B. be marked

C. being marked

D. marking

【答案】 D

【解析】 get down to意思是“着手做某事”，这里的to是介词，后面应接动名词作宾语，又因为逻辑主语you和mark之间是主动关系，故选动名词的主动形式。

【考例】 Sandy could not do anything but ____ to his teacher that he was wrong.（2001上海卷）

A. admit

B. admitted

C. admitting

D. to admit

【答案】 A

【解析】 此题中的but是介词，意思是“除……以外（= except）”，后面接动词时用不定式。同时还要注意：but前面的句子中有实义动词do，因此but后面的不定式不带to。

三、考查非谓语动词作宾语补足语和主语补足语

能作宾语补足语和主语补足语的非谓语动词有不定式、现在分词、过去分词，用哪种非谓语动词形式往往取决于前面动词的句型和不同的非谓语动词所表示的意义。

1. 能接带to的不定式作宾语补足语和主语补足语的动词有：ask, tell, force, get, allow, want, wish, like, hate, prefer, intend, expect, encourage, advise, persuade, permit, request, order, warn, cause等，表示宾语或主语执行不定式的动作（具有“主动”的意义），而且不定式的动作多发生在句子谓语动词动作之后（具有“将来”的意义）。例如：

The teacher didn't allow the students to go swimming in the lake. 老师不允许学生去湖里游泳。

The visitors are requested not to touch the exhibits. 要求参观者别摸展览品。

【考例】 Passengers are permitted ____ only one piece of hand luggage onto the plane.（2011天津卷）

A. to carry

B. carrying

C. to be carried

D. being carried

【答案】 A

【解析】 permit的用法有permit doing和permit sb. to do这两种形式。而此处使用了被动语态，故为sb. be permitted to do，即用不定式作主语补足语。

2. 使役动词、感官动词能接不带to的不定式作宾语补足语和带to的不定式作主语补足语。常见的使役动词有make, let, have等；感官动词有see, hear, watch, observe, notice, feel以及look at, listen to等。例如：

The naughty boy often made his little sister cry but today he was made to cry by his little sister. 那个淘气的男孩常常惹他的小妹妹哭，可是今天他被他的小妹妹给弄哭了。

【考例】 Let those in need ____ that we will go all out to help them.（2013陕西卷）

A. to understand

B. understand

C. understanding

D. understood

【答案】 B

【解析】 动词let后接不带to的不定式understand作宾补，表示与宾语those in need之间为主动关系，构成短语let sb. do sth.。故选B项。

【考例】 The director had her assistant ____ some hot dogs for the meeting.（2008全国卷II）

A. picked up

B. picks up

C. pick up

D. picking up

【答案】 C

【解析】 考查省to的不定式作宾补。此处是director让她的助手主动做的动作，使役动词have可接省略to的不定式作宾语补足语。

3. 不定式和分词作宾语补足语或主语补足语表达的意义不同。接不定式时，表示经常性的动作或指动作发生的全过程；接现在分词时，表示动作正在发生或进行，或正要做分词表示的动作；接过去分词时，表示宾语或主语承受了过去分词表示的动作。例如：

She looked at the dog jump over the fence. 她看见狗跳过篱笆。

The man was seen climbing into the shop. 有人看见那男人正要爬进商店。

Last night I heard a song sung in English. 昨天晚上，我听见有人用英语唱了一首歌。

【考例】 Listening to music at home is one thing, going to hear it ____ live is quite another.（2015浙江卷）

A. perform

B. performing

C. to perform

D. being performed

【答案】 D

【解析】 句意为：在家里面听音乐是一回事，去现场听又绝对是另一回事。“hear it ____”中it作宾语，空格处缺少宾语补足语。由于it指代的是music，与“表演”（perform）含有逻辑上的动宾关系，所以选择D项。

【考例】 The manager was satisfied to see many new products ____ after great effort.（2014四川卷）

A. having developed

B. to develop

C. developed

D. develop

【答案】 C

【解析】 句意为：在付出巨大努力之后，看到很多新产品被研发出来，经理很满意。此题考查的是非谓语动词作感官动词see的宾语补足语，develop与宾语products之间为被动关系，故用过去分词。

【考例】 I looked up and noticed a snake ____ its way up the tree to catch its breakfast. （2012四川卷）

A. to wind

B. wind

C. winding

D. wound

【答案】 C

【解析】 句意为：我抬头看见一条蛇正向树上蜿蜒爬行去捕捉它的早餐。此题考查现在分词作宾语补足语。wind its way与宾语snake之间为主动关系且此动作当时正在进行，故选C项。

【考例】 Listen! Do you hear someone ____ for help? （2010湖南卷）

A. calling

B. call

C. to call

D. called

【答案】 A

【解析】 该空在句中为非谓语动词作宾补，根据 someone与call的主动关系排除D项。hear后接不定式作宾补时应省略to，由此排除C项。由“Listen!”可判断此处表示有人正在求救，故应用现在分词作宾语补足语，故选A项。

四、考查非谓语动词作定语

不定式、动名词和分词都可以作定语，主要区别在于它们的时态意义和语态意义不同。

1. 不定式作定语可以修饰人，也可以修饰物，表示将来意义，既有主动形式，也有被动形式。不定式作定语多和被修饰的名词具有“倒动宾关系”，即被修饰的名词是不定式动作的承受者；如果不定式是不及物动词，就要在不定式动词后面加上相应的介词。例如：

I have an article to write today. 今天我有一篇文章要写。（可说to write an article）

I want to have a pen to write with. 我想要一支写字用的钢笔。（可说to write with a pen，但不可说to write a pen）

【考例】 There are still many problems ____ before we are ready for a long stay on the Moon.（2014北京卷）

A. solving

B. solved

C. being solved

D. to be solved

【答案】 D

【解析】 句意为：在我们准备好要在月球上长期居住之前还有很多难题要解决。表示将来的动作要用不定式作定语，又因为问题是被解决，故选择D项。

【考例】 We're having a meeting in half an hour. The decision ____ at the meeting will influence the future of our company.（2012重庆卷）

A. to be made

B. being made

C. made

D. having been made

【答案】 A

【解析】 句意为：我们将在半个小时之内举行会议。会议做出的决定将会对我们公司的未来产生影响。从第一句话就可以看出会议尚未举行，所以会议决定也还没有形成。四个选项里，只有动词不定式才可以表示将来，而且因为第二句话主语是decision，故使用动词不定式的被动形式。

【考例】 I have a lot of readings ____ before the end of this term.（2010山东卷）

A. completing

B. to complete

C. completed

D. being completed

【答案】 B

【解析】 句意为：这个学期结束前，我要完成很多阅读。由于时间状语before the end of this term表达将来的时间，所以空格处使用动词不定式表示将来意义，充当readings的定语。

2. 现在分词作定语多和被修饰的名词具有“主谓关系”，即现在分词用主动式时，被修饰的名词正在执行其动作；现在分词用被动式时，被修饰的名词正在承受其动作；过去分词作定语与其所修饰的名词有“动宾关系”，表示一个被动或完成的动作，相当于一个被动的定语从句。例如：

The man standing under the tree is his father. 站在树下的那人是他的父亲。（The man who is standing... ）

The building being built will be a hospital. 正在修建的那楼房将是一所医院。（The building which is being built... ）

【考例】 The park was full of people ____ themselves in the sunshine.（2015北京卷）

A. having enjoyed

B. enjoyed

C. enjoying

D. to enjoy

【答案】 C

【解析】 句意为：这个公园里到处都是在阳光下尽情玩乐的人们。本题考查非谓语动词作定语。非谓语动词enjoy的逻辑主语为people，people与enjoy的动作在逻辑上是主动关系，因此排除B选项；D项 to enjoy表示动作未发生，由题干可知，这是过去的动作，因此排除D选项；A项having enjoyed为现在分词的完成式，一定要发生在谓语动作之前，根据题意也不符合。故选C项。

【考例】 There is a note pinned to the door ____ when the shop will open again.（2014山东卷）

A. saying

B. says

C. said

D. having said

【答案】 A

【解析】 句意为：门上钉了一个便条，上面写着商店将何时再开门。考查v-ing形式作后置定语，相当于which says...。

【考例】 After completing and signing it, please return the form to us in the envelope ____.（2012山东卷）

A. providing

B. provided

C. having provided

D. provide

【答案】 B

【解析】 句意为：在填完表格并在它上面签名后，请把表格放入我们提供的信封内交回。动词provide与其逻辑主语envelope之间是被动关系，在句中作定语，故使用过去分词，相当于一个被动的定语从句which is provided。

3. 动名词作定语多表示被修饰的名词所起的作用或用途。一般可改写为“for +动名词”或含有“for +动名词”的定语从句。例如：

a swimming pool = a pool for swimming 或 a pool which is used for swimming.

五、考查非谓语动词作状语

能作状语的有不定式、现在分词和过去分词。作什么样的状语往往取决于他们的位置和在句中的意义。不定式短语放在句首多作目的状语，在句末多作原因状语、结果状语。现在分词短语放在句首多作原因、条件、时间、让步等状语，在句末多作方式、伴随状语，也可作结果状语。过去分词短语放在句首多表示时间、条件、原因等，放在句末表示对前面的情况起补充说明作用，同时与句子主语具有被动关系。例如：

Her husband died in 1980, leaving her with two children. 1980年她的丈夫去世了，给她留下了两个孩子。（现在分词作结果状语，表示一种合乎逻辑的结果）

He went to Japan three years ago, never to return. 他三年前去了日本，再也没有回来。（不定式作结果状语，表示一种出乎意外的结果）

Every day he reads English to learn it well. 为了学好英语，他每天坚持读英语。（不定式作目的状语）

Given more care，the child will grow well. 如果给予更多的关心，这孩子就会健康成长。（过去分词作条件状语）

【考例】 ____ ourselves from the physical and mental tensions, we each need deep thought and inner quietness.（2015湖南卷）

A. Having freed

B. Freed

C. To free

D. Freeing

【答案】 C

【解析】 句意为：为了解除我们自己身体上和精神上的紧张，我们每个人都需要深刻的思考和内心的宁静。作目的状语应使用不定式短语。

【考例】 ____ in the poorest area of Glasgow, he had a long, hard road to becoming a football star.（2015重庆卷）

A. Being raised

B. Raising

C. Raised

D. To raise

【答案】 C

【解析】 句意为：他在格拉斯哥最穷的地方长大，为成为足球明星，他走了一段很长、很难的路。本题考查分词短语作状语，raise在此意思是“养育”，其逻辑主语是he，两者之间是被动关系，故排除B、D两项。由句意可知，他已经长大成人，故选C项。A项表示“正在被养育”，可排除。

【考例】 ____ nearly all our money, we couldn't afford to stay at a hotel.（2014江西卷）

A. Having spent

B. To spend

C. Spent

D. To have spent

【答案】 A

【解析】 句意为：我们几乎把所有的钱都花完了，住不起宾馆了。动词spend与句子主语we构成逻辑上的主动关系，所以要使用spend的现在分词形式。而本句中spend all our money是发生在谓语动词之前的，所以要使用现在分词的完成式having spent。

【考例】 George returned after the war, only ____ that his wife had left him.（2012山东卷）

A. to be told

B. telling

C. being told

D. told

【答案】 A

【解析】 句意为：乔治战后回到家，结果被告知妻子已经离开了。表示意料之外的结果应使用不定式短语作状语，而且George和tell之间是被动关系，因此用to be told。

六、考查非谓语动词作表语

分词作表语时，看分词与主语的关系。若是主谓关系，用现在分词；若是被动关系，用过去分词。另外，要注意一组使动词（amuse, bore, disappoint, excite, fascinate, freeze, frighten, horrify, inspire, interest, move, surprise, touch等）的用法。其同根形容词有现在分词和过去分词两种形式。现在分词表示主语所具有的特征，意思是“令人……的”；过去分词表示主语所处的状态，意思是“（某人）感到……的”。例如：

The speech that he made last week proves exciting. 他上周做的报告证明是令人鼓舞的。

The door remained locked. 门仍然锁着。

【考例】 In April, thousands of holidaymakers remained ____ abroad due to the volcanic ash cloud. （2010福建卷）

A. sticking

B. stuck

C. to be stuck

D. to have stuck

【答案】 B

【解析】 句意为：四月份，由于火山灰的影响成千上万的度假者滞留在国外。此处remain是系动词，后面接过去分词作表语，表示被动。

【考例】 Tom sounds very much ____ in the job, but I'm not sure whether he can manage it.（2006安徽卷）

A. interested

B. interesting

C. interestingly

D. interestedly

【答案】 A

【解析】 sound是连系动词，应使用形容词化的分词作表语。interest的现在分词表示主语所具有的特征，意思是“令人感兴趣的”；过去分词表示主语所处的状态，意思是“感兴趣的”。

七、考查“连词+分词”的省略用法

分词短语常常可以用在某些连词如since, when, while, whenever, no matter how, once, until, if等之后，可以看作状语从句中的省略现象。例如：

When first introduced to the market, these products enjoyed great success.这些产品在最初引入市场时获得了巨大成功。（状语从句中省略了they were）

【考例】 Video games can be a poor influence if ____ in the wrong hands.（2015湖南卷）

A. to leave

B. leaving

C. leave

D. left

【答案】 D

【解析】 句意为：电子游戏如果落入不适合玩的人手中，就会产生不良影响。本题考查“连词+分词”的省略用法。当状语从句中的主语与主句的主语相同时，则从句的主语可省略，构成“连词+分词”的省略用法。本题中从句省略了与主句相同的主语video games，其与动词leave含有逻辑上的被动关系，故选择过去分词。

【考例】 Children, when ____ by their parents, are allowed to enter the stadium.（2014湖南卷）

A. to be accompanied

B. to accompany

C. accompanying

D. accompanied

【答案】 D

【解析】 本题考查“连词+分词”的省略用法。所填非谓语动词的逻辑主语是主句的主语children，所填词与逻辑主语之间是被动关系，故用过去分词，答案为D项。

【考例】 When ____ for his views about his teaching job, Philip said he found it very interesting and rewarding.（2012安徽卷）

A. asking

B. asked

C. having asked

D. to be asked

【答案】 B

【解析】 本题考查“连词+分词”的省略用法。逻辑主语是Philip, 动词ask与其逻辑主语Philip之间是被动关系，故应使用过去分词。还原后的句子为“When Philip was asked for his views about his teaching job, Philip...”。

八、考查独立主格结构

独立主格结构，又称为独立结构。在形式上与主句没有任何关系，但是在意思上却与主句密切联系在一起，共同构筑成一个完整的语义环境。独立主格结构只有逻辑上的主语，没有主语和谓语，所以在句法上不是句子，而是一个独立于句子成分之外的特殊结构。独立主格结构分为四类：1. 独立分词结构；2. 独立不定式结构；3. 独立无动词结构；4. with复合结构。高考常测试的是独立分词结构和with复合结构。例如：

Cell phones being very small, we can use them conveniently. 手机很小，所以使用起来很方便。

Nobody to help us tomorrow, we can't finish our task ahead of time. 如果明天没有人来帮忙，我们不可能提前完成任务。

He has visited many countries, most of them in Europe. 他去过很多国家，多数是欧洲的。

With a guide leading the way, they had no difficulty finding the hot spring. 有向导领着路，他们毫不费力地找到了温泉。

【考例】 Much time ____ sitting at a desk, office workers are generally troubled by health problems.（2015江苏卷）

A. being spent

B. having spent

C. spent

D. spending

【答案】 C

【解析】 该题中没有连词，中间是逗号，后面是一个句子结构完整的分句，因此前面不能是分句，只能是独立主格结构。逻辑主语time与动词spend含有逻辑上的被动关系，故使用表示被动的过去分词spent。

【考例】 The lecture ____, a lively question-and-answer session followed. （2014江苏卷）

A. being given

B. having given

C. to be given

D. having been given

【答案】 D

【解析】 根据后半句“气氛热烈的问答环节紧随其后”可知，前半句说的是“一场讲座结束了”。两件事情先后发生，并且有明确的先后关系，先发生的一般用现在分词的完成式作状语，又因为是被动，所以这里用having been given。

【考例】 The country has already sent up three unmanned spacecraft, the most recent ____ at the end of last March. （2007山东卷）

A. has been launched

B. having been launched

C. being launched

D. to be launched

【答案】 B

【解析】 考查独立分词结构。本题解题的关键在于中间的逗号，本句中没有出现连词，说明这不是一个复合句，因此后面部分不是句子，只能是一个独立主格结构，由recent可知应使用分词的完成体。

【考例】 John received an invitation to dinner, and with his work ____, he gladly accepted it.（2007安徽卷）

A. finished

B. finishing

C. having finished

D. was finished

【答案】 A

【解析】 考查with复合结构中作宾补的分词的选用。his work与作宾补的分词含有逻辑上的被动意义，应使用过去分词作宾补。

九、考查根据分词选择其逻辑主语

同学们对于如何根据逻辑主语去选择相应的分词都已经驾轻就熟，但是高考试题有时候却反弹琵琶，先给出作状语的分词短语，而让考生去选择含有其逻辑主语的句子。

【考例】 Faced with a bill for $10,000, ____.（2006陕西卷）

A. an extra job has been given to John

B. the boss has given John an extra job

C. an extra job has been taken

D. John has taken an extra job

【答案】 D

【解析】 本题首先给出了分词短语Faced with a bill for $10,000，要求考生选择其逻辑主语，显然A、C项的主语不能充当其逻辑主语，而B项不合常理，面对一万美元账单的应该是John。

十、考查非谓语动词的特殊结构与句式

1. 特殊疑问词+不定式结构

【考例】 It is said in Australia there is more land than the government knows ____.（2002全国卷）

A. it what to do with

B. what to do it with

C. what to do with it

D. to do what with it

【答案】 C

【解析】 此题考查“特殊疑问词+不定式”的特殊结构在从句中作谓语动词know的宾语。

2. It is no use / good doing句式

【考例】 Eugene's never willing to alter any of his opinions. It's no use ____ with him.（2006上海卷）

A. to argue

B. arguing

C. argued

D. having argued

【答案】 B

【解析】 考查固定结构。It is no use doing... 是固定句式，意思是“做某事没有用”。

3. better +动词原形

【考例】 If you are planning to spend your money having fun this week, better ____ it — you've got some big bills coming.（2004广东卷）

A. forget

B. forgot

C. forgetting

D. to forget

【答案】 A

【解析】 此处better是you had better的省略说法，意思是“最好……”。

4. sb./sth.+ be said/reported/believed... + to do... 结构

【考例】 He is thought ____ foolishly. Now he has no one but himself to blame for losing the job.（2014江西卷）

A. to act

B. to have acted

C. acting

D. having acted

【答案】 B

【解析】 本题考查的是固定句式：sb. be thought to...某人被认为……。如果表示的是一个已经完成的动作，就使用不定式的完成式，如果是正在进行的动作，就使用不定式的进行式。句意为：他被认为表现得很愚蠢，现在丢了那份工作他只能怪自己。根据句意可知，他表现得很愚蠢发生在丢掉工作之前，所以使用不定式的完成式。故B项正确。

【考例】 Police are now searching for a woman who is reported to ____ since the flood hit the area last Friday.（2006山东卷）

A. have been missing

B. have got lost

C. be missing

D. get lost

【答案】 A

【解析】 sb. is reported是固定句式，后接不定式，由since引导的时间状语及Police are now searching for... 可知这位女士仍处于失踪状态，故选A。

5. 平行结构中的非谓语动词

【考例】 One learns a language by making mistakes and ____ them.（2012北京卷）

A. corrects

B. correct

C. to correct

D. correcting

【答案】 D

【解析】 考查平行结构中非谓语动词的使用。句意为：一个人通过犯错误并改正错误才能学会一门语言。and前后并列的部分都位于by后，应使用相同的形式。

6. 固定短语中的特殊分词形式

英语中有些由分词构成的短语，已经约定俗成，不能随意改变。如generally speaking（总的来说）, judging from（根据……判断）, considering（鉴于）, given（考虑到，鉴于）等。

【考例】 ____, the more expensive the camera, the better its quality.（2005全国卷Ⅲ）

A. General speaking

B. Speaking general

C. Generally speaking

D. Speaking generally

【答案】 C

【解析】 考查固定说法。generally speaking意思是“总的来说”。

巩固练习

1. All things ____, his proposal is of greater value than yours.

A. considered

B. considering

C. to consider

D. consider

2. ____ who she was, she said she was Mr. Johnson's friend.

A. Asking

B. Asked

C. To be asked

D. When asking

3. He hurried to the station, ____ the 9: 30 train had already left.

A. to find

B. found

C. only to find

D. only finding

4. With his son ____, the old man felt unhappy.

A. to be disappointed

B. disappointing

C. being disappointed

D. to disappoint

5. ____ all my letters, I had a drink and went out.

A. Finished

B. Having finished

C. Finishing

D. To finish

6. Does the way you thought of ____ the water clean make any sense?

A. making

B. to make

C. how to make

D. having made

7. When I caught him cheating me, I stopped ____ things in his shop.

A. buying

B. buy

C. to buy

D. bought

8. Nearly every great building in Beijing was built ____ south.

A. to face

B. facing

C. to have faced

D. being facing

9. It was ____ computer games that cost the boy a lot of time that he ought to have spent on his lessons.

A. to have played

B. playing

C. played D. having played

10. And there, almost ____ in the big chair, sat her little brother, who never had to be told to keep quiet.

A. having lost

B. losing

C. to be lost

D. lost

11. As I will be away for at least a year, I'd appreciate ____ from you now and then ____ me how everyone is getting along.

A. hearing; tell

B. to hear; tell

C. hearing; telling

D. to hear; to tell

12. The students are forbidden, unless they have special passes, ____ after 11 pm.

A. to stay out

B. from staying out

C. staying out

D. not to stay out

13. I don't mind ____ by bus, but I hate ____ in queues.

A. traveling; stand

B. to travel; to stand

C. traveling; to stand

D. traveling; to standing

14. We are looking forward to ____ the film ____ at the Grand Cinema.

A. seeing; to show

B. see; shown

C. seeing; shown

D. see; to show

15. The policeman put down the phone, ____ with a smile on his face.

A. satisfied

B. satisfying

C. to be satisfied

D. having satisfied

16. ____, your composition is full of mistakes.

A. Writing carelessly

B. Written carelessly

C. Having written carelessly

D. Being written carelessly

17. — What do you suppose made her worried?

— ____ a gold ring.

A. Lose

B. Lost

C. Losing

D. Because of losing

18. ____ several times, the young scientist still kept on making his experiments.

A. Having been failed

B. Having failed

C. Though failed

D. Because of failure

19. — Who are you going to have ____ this letter for you?

— My secretary.

A. type

B. typed

C. been typed

D. been typing

20. The food ____ at the moment is for the dinner party.

A. cooked

B. to be cooked

C. is being cooked

D. being cooked

21. I could feel the wind ____ on my face from an open window.

A. to blow

B. blowing

C. to be blowing

D. blown

22. — What terrible weather! I simply can't get the car ____.

— Why not try ____ the engine with some hot water?

A. starting; filling

B. start; filling

C. started; to fill

D. to start; fill

23. Liu Xiang was reported ____ 250, 000 yuan to Huashan Hospital in his hometown Shanghai at Christmas last year.

A. to donate

B. to be donated

C. to have been donated

D. to have donated

24.Because Allen injured his arm ____ the window, he was sent to a clinic nearby.

A. breaking

B. to be breaking

C. broke

D. broken

25. With two children ____ a middle school in the nearby town now, the man is working hard.

A. to attend

B. attending

C. attended

D. having attended

26. Some people are unhappy with the rise of this supermarket giant, first ____ after World War II.

A. opened

B. to be opened

C. being opened

D. having been opened

27. The owner blamed the girl caught ____ flowers in this garden and let her off.

A. picking

B. to pick

C. to have picked

D. to be picking

28. Agriculture officials this week said strict control measures were in place, ____ to prevent the red fire ants spreading across the country.

A. intended

B. to intend

C. to be intended

D. having intended

29. — What do you think of John's entrance examinations?

— Very poor, ____ how hard he tried for them.

A. regarding

B. considering

C. observing

D. viewing

30. — Might Mary go with me to the movie, Mrs. Wilson?

— I'm sorry, but I don't want my daughter ____ out after dark.

A. take

B. to take

C. taking

D. taken

31. Nowadays people sometimes separate their waste to make it easier for it ____.（2009湖南卷）

A. reusing

B. reused

C. reuses

D. to be reused

32. When we visited my old family home, memory came ____ back（2009辽宁卷）

A. flooding

B. to flood

C. flood

D. flooded

33. We are invited to a party ____ in our club next Friday. （2009山东卷）

A. to be held

B. held

C. being held

D. holding

34. There is a great deal of evidence ____ that music activities engage different parts of the brain.（2009浙江卷）

A. indicate

B. indicating

C. to indicate

D. to be indicating

35. Now that we've discussed our problem, are people happy with the decisions ____?（2009全国卷I）

A. taking

B. take

C. taken

D. to take

第八节 介词考点

介词是英语中最活跃的词类之一，也是高考中经常涉及的考点，其用法变化多样。介词不能单独使用，必须和名词、代词或动名词构成介词短语，在句中做表语，定语、状语、补语等成分。高考对介词的考查主要是介词的基本用法和习惯搭配。

一、考查常用介词的基本用法

从历年高考题中可看出，介词类考题常集中于一些常用介词，如at, in, for, from, to, of, on, with, until, about, by, since, as, around, against, except, besides等。当然，其他介词的用法也不能忽视。

【考例】 Have you ever heard of the trees that are homes ____ animals both on land and sea? （2015浙江卷）

A. about

B. to

C. with

D. over

【答案】 B

【解析】 句意为：你听说过同是陆上动物和海底动物家园的树吗？home to sth.是固定搭配，意思是“……的家园/栖息地”。

【考例】 The Scottish girl ____ blue eyes won the first prize in the Fifth Chinese Speech Contest.（2014陕西卷）

A. by

B. of

C. in

D. with

【答案】 D

【解析】 句意为：在第五届汉语演讲比赛中，那位蓝眼睛的苏格兰女孩赢得了第一名。介词with有“带有，具有”的意思，故选D项。

【考例】 An agreement seems to be impossible because the majority of the committee members are ____ it.（2012陕西卷）

A. against

B. for

C. to

D. with

【答案】 A

【解析】 句意为：达成协议似乎是不可能的，因为委员会成员中大多数人反对。所填介词与系动词be构成固定搭配“be against”，意思是“反对”，符合句意。be for意为“支持，赞成”； be with意为“和……在一起”，都与句意不符。

二、考查常用的介词短语及其用法

这些介词短语，结构固定，含义特定，要做到熟能生巧，运用自如。如because of, in case of, instead of, in place of, in spite of, due to, by means of, in exchange for等。

【考例】 Human life is regarded as part of nature and, as such, the only way for us to survive is to live ____ nature.（2015福建卷）

A. in view of

B. in need of

C. in touch with

D. in harmony with

【答案】 D

【解析】 句意为：人类生活被看做是大自然的一部分，因此，我们生存下来的唯一方法就是与大自然和谐相处。本题考查介词短语辨析。in view of意为“由于，鉴于，基于”；in need of意为“需要”；in touch with意为“和……联系”；in harmony with意为“与……和谐相处”。根据句意，D项正确。

【考例】Our club is open to everyone ____ age, sex or educational background.（2014福建卷）

A. due to

B. except for

C. along with

D. regardless of

【答案】 D

【解析】 句意为：我们的俱乐部对所有人开放，不论年龄、性别和教育背景如何。due to 意为“由于，应归于”；except for 意为“除……之外”；along with 意为“连同，同……一道”；regardless of 意为“不顾，不管”。根据语境可知应选择D项。

三、考查易混“动词+介词”短语搭配的区别

应特别注意总结、归纳、识记搭配能力较强的一些动词如come, bring, take, care, make, go, get, put, break等与介词搭配构成的短语。

【考例】 Anyway, we're here now, so let's ____ some serious work.（2014江西卷）

A. come up with

B. get down to

C. do away with

D. live up to

【答案】 B

【解析】 本题考查的是动词短语辨析。come up with 意为“想出，提出”；get down to 意为“开始认真做某事，着手做某事”；do away with 意为“废除，消灭”；live up to意为“符合，不辜负”。句意为：不管怎么样，我们已经在这里了，让我们开始认真工作吧！B项get down to符合语境。

◆典型陷阱题分析◆

1. — You went late ____ the stadium yesterday evening, didn't you?

— Yes, my wife was a little late ____ supper.

A. to; with

B. for; with

C. for; for

D. at; for

【陷阱】 容易误选 B 或D。

【分析】 答案应选 A。第一空填to 比较好理解，因为此处的late为副词，用以修饰 go to the stadium 中的动词go；而第二句的 with 则是许多同学不容易想到的，相反，更多地可能是想到 for，现将两者区别如下：be late for表示做某事迟到，而be late with 表示做某事做晚了。比较：

We were late for dinner. 我们吃饭迟到了。

We were late with dinner （=in having dinner）. 我们吃饭吃得迟。

句中 my wife was a little late with supper 的意思是“我妻子准备晚饭稍迟了一点”。

2. We were all worried over ____ you were sick.

A. that

B. which

C. what

D. the fact that

【陷阱】 容易误选 A 或 B。

【分析】 答案应选 D。按英语习惯，除except, but 等极个别介词外，英语介词后通常不能直接跟 that 从句作宾语。遇此情况，通常是在 that 从句前加上 the fact，此时 the fact 用作介词宾语，而其后that从句则用作 the fact的同位语。

3. Sometimes our opinions differ ____ what we choose to observe and how we deal with what we've observed.

A. which

B. since

C. because

D. because of

【陷阱】 容易误选C。因为按英语语法习惯，because是连词，其后接句子；而because of是复合介词，其后接名词、代词或动名词等。

【分析】 答案应选D。because 作为从属连词，主要用于引导原因状语从句，既然是引导一个从句，也就是说它的后面不能再连用“引导词”。如：

He was angry because we were late. 他很生气因为我们迟到了。

They can't have gone out because the light is on. 他们不可能出去了，因为灯还亮着。

Bread is cheap in this supermarket because they bake it themselves. 这家超市的面包是自制的，所以便宜。

假若一个从句已经有了自己的“引导词”，那么它前面就不宜再用 because 这个连词了。如：

She got angry because of what you said. 她生气是因为你说的话。

句中的 what 相当于 the thing that，也就是说 what you said 相当于 the thing that you said。其中the thing用作because of的宾语，而that you said为修饰the thing的定语从句。

He lost his job because of how he treated his boss. 他因为对老板的态度（不好）而丢了工作。

句中的how相当于the way in which，也就是说how he treated his boss相当于the way in which he treated his boss。其中the way用作because of的宾语，而in which he treated his boss 为修饰the way的定语从句。

4. — How long have you been an actor?

— ____ 1995, when I graduated from college.

A. After

B. In

C. From

D. Since

【陷阱】 几个干扰项均有可能误选。

【分析】 最佳答案为D。若仅从答句来看，四个答案都说得过去。但若结合问句的语境和时态，答案应选D，因为其余三个选项填入空格均不能回答问句所提出的问题。比较：

— When did you became an actor?

— ____ 1995, when I graduated from college.

A. After

B. In

C. From

D. Since

此题选B，因为问句问的是when（何时），所以用 in 1995 来回答便顺理成章。

5. Don't be angry ____ me for not having written to you. I was really too busy.

A. about

B. with

C. to

D. for

【陷阱】 容易误选C。根据汉语的“对某人生气”，将其中的“对”直译为to。

【分析】 最佳答案为 B。按英语习惯，要表示对某人生气，通常用 be angry with /at sb.，要表示对某事生气，通常用 be angry at /about sth.。比较以下表达，其中的“对”也不用to来翻译：

你对这些安排感到满意吗?

误：Did you feel satisfied to the arrangements?

正：Did you feel satisfied with the arrangements?

老师应该对他的学生严格要求。

误：Teachers should be strict to their students.

正：Teachers should be strict with their students.

6. In those days, we had no phones, so we have to keep in touch ____ writing often.

A. with

B. of

C. on

D. by

【陷阱】 容易误选A。根据 keep in touch with （与……保持联系）这一常用搭配推出。

【分析】 正确答案是D。by在这里表示方式，by writing 意为“通过写信”，全句意为“我们只能通过经常写信保持联系”。

巩固练习

1. This skirt is made ____ your mother ____ her own measure.

A. for; to

B. for; for

C. to; to

D. for; by

2. Instead of calling ____ his uncle, he called ____ my new house with his wife that day.

A. by; for

B. on; at

C. for; on

D. at; by

3. Kate's little brother kicked the ball to the river; she took great trouble to get it ____ the river.

A. on

B. from

C. from on

D. over from

4. The pretty girl is known ____ the public ____ a little film star ____ her excellent performance in a film.

A. in; as; with

B. to; as; for

C. among; with; in

D. by; for; because of

5. It's really hot ____ January in Harbin now. Better take off your coat.

A. in

B. during

C. for

D. to

6. — They all agree ____ George. Has the project been passed?

— Who ____ George can make the final decision?

A. except; except

B. except; besides

C. but; but

D. besides; but

7. So far, several ships have been reported missing ____ the coast of Bermuda.

A. off

B. along

C. on

D. around

8. — I like coffee with nothing in it. What about you?

— I prefer coffee ____ sugar.

A. to

B. for

C. with

D. than

9. — I'm going to cut the big tree down.

— What ____?

A. by

B. to

C. with

D. at

10. Britain has recently had a high level of unemployment—but the same is true ____ many other countries.

A. at

B. from

C. of

D. to

11. ____ her hair getting gray, she has decided to have it dyed.

A. As

B. For

C. With

D. Though

12. — These boxes are too heavy for me to move.

— Here, I'll give you a hand ____ them.

A. for

B. to

C. with

D. by

13. — Do you have ____ difficulty working out the problem?

— Yes. It is ____ me.

A. no; easy for

B. some; within

C. any; within

D. any; beyond

14. Mr. Black was driving fast to take his wife to a nearby hospital because their baby was ____.

A. on its way

B. in the way

C. by the way

D. out of the way

15. There is no greater love than ____ who devotes his whole life ____ mankind.

A. that of a man; to benefiting

B. a man; to benefiting

C. that of a man's; benefits

D. a man's love; in benefiting

16. — I wonder what's on television this evening. Have you got a newspaper?

— Yes, ____ TV programmes are ____ the back page.

A. the; on

B. the; in

C. 不填; in

D. 不填; on

17. Most people in that area objected with little effect ____ a golf playground there.

A. to build

B. of building

C. to have built

D. to building

18. Food prices increased ____ 10% in less than a year.

A. for

B. to

C. by

D. at

19. Areas where students have particular difficulty have been treated ____ particular care.

A. by

B. with

C. as

D. in

20. The study you have been making ____ the ancient Chinese characters is an instructive job.

A. to

B. for

C. of

D. from

21. — Have you read the book War and Peace ____ Tolstoy?

— No. I've never heard of it.

A. for

B. by

C. with

D. to

22. ____ the rapid growth of short messages sent by mobile phones, the increasing number of criminal cases appeared through short messages.

A. For

B. By

C. As

D. With

23. Mr. Smith sold that magnificent cottage of his on the sea ____ 2,000,000 dollars.

A. at

B. for

C. to

D. by

24. The customer bargained with the shopkeeper for a long time, and finally they agreed ____ the price.

A. to

B. with

C. on

D. at

25. I am anxious about what notes he made in the back of his diary ____ things to mend or replace.

A. by

B. in

C. with

D. of

26. I don't think it's fair to judge a person ____ their clothes.

A. in

B. from

C. with

D. on

27. Books are the most important records we keep ____ man's thoughts, ideas and feelings.

A. up

B. of

C. for

D. on

28. In the experiment we kept a watchful eye ____ the developments and recorded every detail.

A. in

B. at

C. for

D. on

29. I've kept up a friendship with a girl whom I was at school ____ twenty years ago.

A. till

B. with

C. about

D. since

30. The woman sold the eggs ____ seven dollars and they were sold ____ half price.

A. with; at

B. for; at

C. at; in

D. by; on

31. The wine industry in the area has developed in a special way, ____ little foreign ownership.（2009北京卷）

A. by

B. of

C. with

D. from

32. — How amazing it is that astronauts are exploring outer space!

— It's a challenge, I guess, ____ man against nature.（2009福建卷）

A. of

B. for

C. by

D. about

33. Most Americans would prefer to keep their problems ____ themselves, and solve their problems ____ themselves.（2009湖南卷）

A. to; by

B. by; to

C. for; to

D. in; on

34. This special school accepts all disabled students, ____ educational level and background.（2009江苏卷）

A. according to

B. regardless of

C. in addition to

D. in terms of

35. Children need friends ____ their own age to play with.（2009辽宁卷）

A. of

B. for

C. in

D. at

第九节 动词时态语态考点

一、高考热点动词时态对对碰

动词的时态语态一直是每年高考测试的重点，也是同学们学习中的难点。然而英语时态多达16种，常用的也有8种之多，且近几年高考在考查时态时，形式灵活多样，多体现在上下文语境中，且寓多个考点于一题，这样无形中增加了试题的难度，要做好动词时态题，除了必须掌握各种时态的结构、含义和用法外，平时还要注重将动词放在具体的语言环境中学习和运用。下面结合高考试题，对动词时态的热点问题进行对比分析，以帮助大家攻克这一难关。

1. 考查几种易混时态的用法比较

（1）一般现在时和现在进行时的用法比较

表示客观事实或情况及强调动作的永恒性或反复性时常用一般现在时；而表示此刻或现阶段正在进行的动作时常用现在进行时，含有暂时性和未完成性。常与一般现在时连用的时间状语有often, always, usually, never, seldom等；常与现在进行时连用的时间状语有now, right now, at present, at this moment等。有时题干中并不直接出现时间状语，而是提供一定的语境，考查考生对语境的理解和对时态的把握能力。

【考例】 — Hi, let's go skating.

— Sorry, I'm busy right now. I ____ in an application form for a new job.（2014北京卷）

A. fill

B. have filled

C. am filling

D. will fill

【答案】 C

【解析】 问句意为：“嗨，我们去溜冰吧。”答语意为：“抱歉，我现在很忙。我正在填一份新工作申请表。”表示目前正在进行的动作用现在进行时。

【考例】 Every few years, the coal workers ____ their lungs X-rayed to ensure their health.（2010上海卷）

A. are having

B. have

C. have had

D. had had

【答案】 B

【解析】 句意为：每隔几年，煤矿工人就进行肺部X光检查来确保身体健康。根据表示频度的时间状语every few years可判断本句应为一般现在时，因此答案选B。

【考例】 Would you please keep silent? The weather report ____ and I want to listen.（2009湖南卷）

A. is broadcast

B. is being broadcast

C. has been broadcast

D. had been broadcast

【答案】 B

【解析】 由前一句“你能不能保持安静”和后一句“我想听一听”可知，现在正在播报天气预报。故应使用现在进行时。

（2） 一般过去时和过去进行时的用法比较

一般过去时表示在过去某个时间发生的动作或存在的状态，往往侧重动作已完成；而过去进行时则表示过去某个时间正在进行的动作，强调动作的持续过程，该动作在当时往往未完成。

【考例】 He must have sensed that I ____ him. He suddenly glanced at me and said quietly,“Why are you staring at me like that?”（2015湖南卷）

A. would look at

B. looked at

C. was looking at

D. am looking at

【答案】 C

【解析】 句意为：他当时一定感觉到了我在看着他。他突然看了我一下，然后轻声问道：“你为什么要那样盯着我看？”根据句意可知此处表示进行时，再根据前面must have sensed（表示对过去的推测）和后面glanced at可知事情发生在过去，故使用过去进行时。

【考例】 She ____ someone, so I nodded to her and went away.（2014四川卷）

A. phoned

B. had phoned

C. was phoning

D. has phoned

【答案】 C

【解析】 句意为：她正在和某人打电话，所以我向她点了点头便走开了。根据I nodded to her and went away，说明她当时正在打电话，故使用过去进行时。

（3） 一般过去时和现在完成时的用法比较

一般过去时只单纯表示过去的动作或状态，可与表示确切过去时间的状语连用；而现在完成时表示过去某一动作对现在造成的影响或结果，不能和表示确切过去时间的状语连用。

【考例】 I wasn't able to hide my eagerness when I ____,“What do you wish me to do now?”（2015湖南卷）

A. ask

B. have asked

C. am asking

D. asked

【答案】 D

【解析】 句意为：当我问“你现在希望我做些什么”时，我无法隐藏我的渴望。此题主句的时态为一般过去时，从句表示的动作与主句同时发生，故也应使用一般过去时。本题选D项。A、B、C项都是现在时态，可以排除。

【考例】 The three of us ____ around Europe for about a month last summer.（2012天津卷）

A. traveled

B. have traveled

C. had traveled

D. travel

【答案】 A

【解析】 句意为：去年夏天我们三人在欧洲旅行了大约一个月的时间。受for about a month的影响，表示完成时态的B、C项都是干扰项。首先C项体现的过去完成时不对，要使用过去完成时，必须先有过去时的动作，并且使用过去完成时的动作还得发生在过去时动作之前。本题中没有过去时动作，更谈不上“过去的过去”；现在完成时表示动作发生在过去，持续到现在，与本题语境不符。本题陈述过去发生的一件事实，应使用一般过去时，而且travel是延续性动词，其过去时可以与表示一段时间的状语连用。

（4） 一般过去时和过去完成时的用法比较

一般过去时表示过去某一时间发生的动作或单纯叙述过去的事情，强调动作，一般过去时常与具体的时间状语连用；而过去完成时则表示在过去某一时间或动作之前已完成的动作或状态，即“过去的过去”，当强调过去某一动作发生在另一动作之前时，常用过去完成时。

【考例】 — Is Peter coming?

— No, he ____ his mind after a phone call at the last minute.（2015重庆卷）

A. changes

B. changed

C. was changing

D. had changed

【答案】 B

【解析】 句意为：——彼得会来吗？——不，他在最后的时刻打了一通电话后改变了主意。改变主意这件事情已经发生，故使用一般过去时。本题的干扰项是had changed。但是过去完成时表示“过去的过去”，本题前面并没有出现过去时，因此不能使用过去完成时。

【考例】 —Kevin, you look worried. Anything wrong?

—Well, I ____ a test and I'm waiting for the result.（2012重庆卷）

A. will take

B. took

C. had taken

D. take

【答案】 B

【解析】 根据答语的后半句可知，现在凯文正在等待测试的成绩，参加测试为过去的动作，应该使用一般过去时态。因此，正确答案为B选项。此题易受汉语意思“参加了测试”影响而选择过去完成时。但是本题中并未出现过去时，没有“过去的过去”，故不应使用过去完成时。

【考例】 It took me a long time before I was able to fully appreciate what they ____ for me. （2010北京卷）

A. had done

B. did

C. would do

D. were doing

【答案】 A

【解析】 句意为：过了很长时间我才真正体会到他们为我所做的一切。整个句子时态用的是一般过去时，“我能够体会到”就已经是过去了，而“他们为我所做的一切”则是“过去的过去”，故用过去完成时。

（5）完成时和完成进行时的用法比较

完成时表示动作已完成，着重结果；完成进行时表示动作的完成（根据语境，也可能动作未完成），且强调动作的持续性。

【考例】 Marty ____ really hard on his book and thinks he'll have finished it by Friday.（2015陕西卷）

A. worked

B. has been working

C. had worked

D. has worked

【答案】 B

【解析】 句意为：马蒂一直在很努力地写他的书，并且认为会在星期五之前写完。由and后面的内容可知马蒂一直在写这本书，但是还没有完成。现在完成进行时恰恰表示动作一直持续，尚未完成。而现在完成时通常表示动作已经结束。故选现在完成进行时。

（6）一般将来时和过去将来时的用法比较

一般将来时表示将来某一时刻的动作或状态，或将来某一段时间内经常发生的动作或存在的状态。过去将来时表示从过去的某一时间来看将来要发生的动作或存在的状态。过去将来时常用于宾语从句和间接引语中。

【考例】 If their marketing plans succeed, they ____ their sales by 20 percent. （2008全国卷II）

A. will increase

B. have been increasing

C. have increased

D. would be increasing

【答案】 A

【解析】 条件状语从句中使用了一般现在时，表达的是将来意义，主句中应该使用一般将来时。句意为：如果他们的市场营销方案成功的话，他们的销售量将会增加20%。

2. 考查时态使用的一些特殊场合

（1）时间、条件等状语从句中通常用现在时表示将来

【考例】 — When shall we restart our business?

— Not until we ____ our plan. （2010四川卷）

A. will finish

B. are finishing

C. are to finish

D. have finished

【答案】 D

【解析】 句子大意为：直到我们完成了计划，才重新开始我们的生意。在状语从句中，经常用一般现在时表将来，用现在完成时表将来完成。答语中的句子为省略形式，补全后应为：We shall not restart our business until we ____ our plan. 主句中使用了一般将来时，until引导的时间状语从句应使用现在完成时表示将来完成。

（2）某些表示位置移动的瞬间动作的动词如come, go, start, leave, return, take off, arrive等与进行时连用表示按计划、安排将要发生的动作

【考例】 “The moment ____ soon,” he thought to himself, waiting nervously.（2012湖南卷）

A. came

B. has come

C. was coming

D. is coming

【答案】 D

【解析】 句意为：“时机就要到了，”他心想着，紧张地等待着。根据时间状语soon可知动作即将要发生，所以come用现在进行时表示将来。

（3）祈使句+and/or并列句中第二个句子通常用一般将来时或使用情态动词

【考例】 Close the door of fear behind you, and you ____ the door of faith open before you. （2012湖南卷）

A. saw

B. have seen

C. will see

D. are seeing

【答案】 C

【解析】 句意为：关上你身后的惧怕之门，你就会看到信心之门在你面前敞开。“祈使句（或名词词组）+ and（或or）+简单句”是并列句的一种固定句式，and（或or）后的简单句通常要使用将来时。

二、动词时态题解题技巧

1. 慧眼识别标志词

遇到时态题时首先寻找时间标志词，如果题干中有标志性的时间状语，则往往可以根据时间状语选择相应的时态。

【考例】 In the last few years, China ____ great achievements in environmental protection.（2015北京卷）

A. has made

B. had made

C. was making

D. is making

【答案】 A

【解析】 句意为：在过去的这些年里，中国在环境保护方面取得了很大的成就。由时间状语in the last few years可推知动作从过去一段时间持续到现在并对现在造成影响，故用现在完成时。

【考例】 Since the time humankind started gardening, we ____ to make our environment more beautiful.（2014湖南卷）

A. try

B. have been trying

C. are trying

D. will try

【答案】 B

【解析】 根据since引导的时间状语从句可知，主句部分应使用现在完成时态。所填空格部分表示“从过去一直持续到现在的动作”，强调其持续性，应用现在完成进行时，故选B项。

【考例】 I feel so excited! At this time tomorrow morning I ____ to Shanghai.（2012辽宁卷）

A. will be flying

B. will fly

C. have been flying

D. have flown

【答案】 A

【解析】 句意为：我感到非常激动！明天上午这个时候我将正飞往上海。tomorrow morning表示将来，而at this time tomorrow morning表示将来的某一时刻或某一时间段，是将来进行时的时间标志，故选择A项。

动词的时态一般都有其对应的时间状语，请同学们熟记下列8种常用时态所对应的时间状语：

（1）一般现在时：often, always, usually, seldom, now, every day等。

（2）一般过去时：then, yesterday, in the past, last week, after that, ago, in the following / next few months等。

（3）现在进行时：now, right now, at present, at this moment, these days等。

（4）过去进行时：then, at that time, at this time yesterday等。

（5） 现在完成时：recently, lately, up to/till now, so far, in the past/last few months/years... , for +一段时间, since +一段时间等。

（6）过去完成时：before, by the end of last month/years... 等

（7）一般将来时：tomorrow, today, next week/month..., in an hour, in the coming/following few weeks等。

（8）过去将来时：the following month, the next week等。

【命题角度及对策】 高考测试动词时态须与句中时间状语一致时，常在题干中加入具体情景，以测试考生对动词时态知识的实际运用能力。敏锐捕捉时间标志词，并结合具体的语境，选择出正确的动词时态，是解决此类问题的良策。

2. 主从时态须呼应

如果所给题干是含有状语从句或宾语从句的主从复合句，可根据主从句时态呼应的原则选出正确的时态。

【考例】 Just as I got to the school gate, I realized I ____ my book in the cafe.（2015安徽卷）

A. have left

B. had left

C would leave

D. was leaving

【答案】 B

【解析】 句意为：刚到学校门口，我就意识到我把书落在咖啡馆了。主句中realized后省略了that，是realized的宾语从句，从句时态应与主句保持一致，“落下”的动作发生在“意识到”之前，应该用过去完成时，故选B项。

【考例】 James has just arrived, but I didn't know he ____ until yesterday.（2014重庆卷）

A. will come

B. was coming

C. had come

D. came

【答案】 B

【解析】 根据主从时态须呼应的原则可首先排除A项。本题考查的是过去进行时表示过去将来时的用法。当表示事先计划好的、安排好的要发生的事情，且谓语动词是一些表示位置变化的动词，如leave, come等的时候，可以使用进行时表示将来时。句意为：詹姆斯已经到了，但是直到昨天我才知道他要来。根据句意可知他要来这里是原先计划好的事情，且动词come表示的是位置变化。故B项正确。

【命题角度及对策】 近年来高考试题考查主从句的时态呼应时，常放在真实的并且符合实际的语境中进行考查。在根据主从句时态呼应原则解题时，要把握好以下几点：

（1）在时间、条件等状语从句中，用一般现在时表示一般将来时，用一般过去时表示过去将来时，用现在完成时表示将来完成时。

（2）正确认定主句动词及从句动词两个动作发生的先后时间，并认真体会命题者所给出的语境。

（3）解答宾语从句时态与主句时态呼应题时，考生应熟知以下规则：主句动词为现在时，则从句动词可根据需要使用任何时态；主句动词为过去时，则从句动词须用恰当的过去的某种时态（表示客观真理时使用一般现在时）。

3. 瞻前顾后巧搭配

英语中有很多固定搭配或特殊句式，使用的动词时态非常固定。如果题干构成某种固定搭配或特殊句式，则根据规则选用规定的时态。

【考例】 No sooner ____ stepped on the stage than the audience broke into thunderous applause.（2014陕西卷）

A. had Mo Yan

B. Mo Yan had

C. has Mo Yan

D. Mo Yan has

【答案】 A

【解析】 No sooner...than...是固定句式。No sooner后面用过去完成时，than后面用一般过去时。且当no sooner位于句首时，主句用部分倒装语序，即将主句谓语中的助动词、系动词或情态动词提到其主语前，故选A项。

【考例】 This is the first time we ____ a film in the cinema together as a family.（2009陕西卷）

A. see

B. had seen

C. saw

D. have seen

【答案】 D

【解析】 This is the first / second / last... time是固定结构，后面的从句中应使用现在完成时。

【考例】 — How can I apply for an online course?

— Just fill out this form and we ____ what we can do for you.（2007北京卷）

A. see

B. are seeing

C. have seen

D. will see

【答案】 D

【解析】 “祈使句（或名词词组）+ and （或or）简单句”是并列句的一种固定句式，and（或or）后的简单句通常用将来时或用情态动词表示将来。

【命题角度及对策】 高考测试的热点倾向于be doing （about to do）... when...；no sooner... than...；hardly... when...；It / This is / was the first（second...）time...以及对时态有特殊要求的固定句式。在平时的英语学习中，同学们一定要夯实基础知识，熟记教材中出现的各种习惯搭配，这不仅有助于解单项填空题，而且对解完形填空和短文改错题也有帮助，还能在书面表达中增添色彩。

4. 细心体会辨语境

近年来高考试题对时态语态考查的要求越来越高，设题趋向于不出现时间状语，而向情境化、实际化的方向发展。因此，细心体会所给语境，根据具体语境选择合适的时态是考生需要重点解决的问题。

【考例】 — Look! Somebody ____ the sofa.

— Well, it wasn't me. I didn't do it.（2012江西卷）

A. is cleaning

B. was cleaning

C. has cleaned

D. had cleaned

【答案】 C

【解析】 句意为：——看！有人把沙发打扫干净了。——噢，不是我，我没有打扫。根据对话语境可知，本题强调对现在造成的影响或结果（打扫干净），故用现在完成时。

【考例】 I walked slowly through the market, where people ____ all kinds of fruits and vegetables. I studied the prices carefully and bought what I needed. （2010湖南卷）

A. sell

B. were selling

C. had sold

D. have sold

【答案】 B

【解析】 句意为：我慢慢地在市场里逛，那里人们正在卖各种各样的水果和蔬菜。我仔细察看了一下价格，买了我需要的东西。根据“I studied the prices carefully and bought what I needed”的提示可判断，此处表示“人们当时正在出售各种水果和蔬菜”，即表示过去某一时刻正在发生的动作，故用过去进行时。

【命题角度及对策】 近年来高考试题对时态考查的要求越来越高，大部分试题趋向情境化、实际化。对策是，捕捉信息，理解情境，综合运用，灵活答题。

巩固练习

1. By the time you graduate from college, great changes ____ in your hometown.

A. will take place

B. will be taken place

C. are going to take place

D. will have taken place

2. In this experiment, they are woken up several times during the night, and asked to report what they ____.

A. had just been dreaming

B. are just dreaming

C. have just been dreaming

D. had just dreamt

3. She ____ to the office than she got down to writing the report for her manager.

A. has no sooner got

B. had hardly got

C. no sooner got

D. had no sooner got

4. — I dropped in at your house at 5 p.m. yesterday, but you weren't in.

— Oh, I ____ for a friend from England at the airport.

A. was waiting

B. have been waiting

C. am waiting

D. had waited

5. Don't tell him about his mother's illness until the college entrance examination ____.

A. was finished

B. has finished

C. will be finished

D. finished

6. — I knocked into a tree when I went to pick up my daughter from school.

— I suppose you ____ too fast.

A. are driving

B. were driving

C. drove

D. had driven

7. — May I have a word with Anna?

— Sorry, she ____ to her friend on the phone.

A. is talking

B. has talked

C. talked

D. talks

8. Cold winters in Europe ____ almost entirely by 2080 because of global warming.

A. will have disappeared

B. will be disappearing

C. are disappearing

D. have disappeared

9. Learning a foreign language for practical use is no easy job because any one ____ so rapidly to meet new needs.

A. will change

B. is changing

C. has changed

D. is changed

10. — Will you please repeat your idea?

— Certainly. But I think it certain that you ____ your attention.

A. don't pay

B. hadn't paid

C. weren't paying

D. aren't paying

11. Mary spent her university life in London, where she ____ law for about four years.

A. has been studying

B. has studied

C. is studying

D. studied

12. Although the deadline for the meeting is coming, a lot of preparatory work ____ to make everything go well.

A. has still been expected to do

B. will still expect to do

C. is still expected to be done

D. had still been expected to be done

13. The boy's loss cost his father a sleepless night. He never thought his son ____ computer games for a whole night.

A. played

B. was playing

C. had been playing

D. would play

14. — How crowded the station is!

— Well, all flights ____ because of the snowstorm, and many passengers can do nothing but take the train.

A. had been canceled

B. have been canceled

C. were canceled

D. are canceled

15. Daddy is very fit. He ____ five miles and he's not even out of breath now.

A. has run

B. had run

C. runs

D. is running

16. The company going from bad to worse, the workers ____ hardly enough to make a living.

A. are paid

B. are paying

C. have paid

D. paid

17. — What's the weather like tomorrow, John?

— Well, I ____ it, for the scenic pictures drew my attention as the weather forecast was going on.

A. was missing

B. will miss

C. have missed

D. missed

18. I ____ to help you but I was not able to spare any time. I ____ a paper last night and I'll have to finish it today.

A. wanted; have been writing

B. have wanted; wrote

C. had wanted; wrote

D. had wanted; was writing

19. My money ____. I'd better go to the bank to draw some of my savings in case I have none in hand.

A. has run out

B. is running out

C. has been run out

D. is running out of

20. — Are you glad that you come to Washington?

— Yes, indeed. I ____ going to New York or Boston, but I've never regretted my decisions.

A. have considered

B. am considering

C. had considered

D. was considering

21. — Beijing is worth visiting. I ____ there with my parents during the holidays.

— I agree. I have been there twice.

A. went

B. have gone

C. have been

D. am going

22. This is the third time I ____ Hong Kong. The second time I ____ here was on Christmas Day last year.

A. have visited; came

B. have visited; have come

C. visited; came

D. visited; had come

23. — Did you write to Peter last month?

— No, but I ____ him this June.

A. will be seen

B. will be seeing

C. will have being seeing

D. will have seen

24. The number of deaths from heart disease will be reduced greatly if people ____ to eat more fruits and vegetables.

A. persuade

B. will persuade

C. be persuaded

D. are persuaded

25. — I wonder how long you ____ in Hawaii?

— Just for the weekend, then I had to attend a conference in Los Angels.

A. will stay

B. stayed

C. have stayed

D. were staying

26. That morning Alice ____ out ____ the door opened and in came some strangers.

A. was just about to go; while

B. went; when

C. was just about to go; when

D. was going; while

27. In a room above the store, where a party ____, some workers were busily setting the table.

A. was to be held

B. has been held

C. will be held

D. is being held

28. The picture exhibition bored me to death. If only I ____ to it.

A. had not gone

B. have not gone

C. did not go

D. can not have gone

29. — Jim, have you finished reading Harry Potter and Half-Blood Prince?

— No. I ____ my father on the farm all day yesterday.

A. would help

B. had helped

C. was helping

D. have been helping

30. — Is Tom still smoking?

— No. By next Saturday he ____ for a whole month without smoking a single cigarette.

A. will go

B. will have gone

C. goes

D. has been going

31. When I talked with my grandma on the phone, she sounded weak, but by the time we ____ up, her voice had been full of life.（2009北京卷）

A. were hanging

B. had hung

C. hung

D. would hang

32. — Why does the Lake smell terrible?

— Because large quantities of water ____.（2009福建卷）

A. have polluted

B. is being polluted

C. has been polluted

D. have been polluted

33. When he ____ the door, he found his keys were nowhere.（2009湖南卷）

A. would open

B. opened

C. had opened

D. was to open

34. — Ann is in hospital.

— Oh, really? I ____ know. I ____ go and visit her. （2009江苏卷）

A. didn't; am going to

B. don't; would

C. don't; will

D. didn't; will

35. Progress ____ so far very good and we are sure that the work will be finished on time.（2009全国卷II）

A. was

B. had been

C. has been

D. will be

第十节 虚拟语气考点

虚拟语气是普通高中《英语课程标准（实验）》在语法项目表中新增加的要求考生必须掌握的语法项目。虚拟语气表示说话人的愿望、假设、猜测或建议，而不表示客观存在的事实。虚拟语气通过谓语动词的特殊形式来表示。下面让我们结合高考试题，对其常见考点进行归纳，希望能帮助同学们突破这一语法难点。

一、考查虚拟语气在条件状语从句中的使用

含有虚拟条件句的复合句中谓语动词构成的基本形式：

例如：

If everyone in the country bought one soft-drink each day and threw it away, there would soon be a huge mountain of rubbish. 如果全国每个人每天买一罐软饮料，然后把空罐扔掉，那么垃圾很快就会堆积如山了。（与现在事实相反）

If the hurricane had happened during the day time, there would have been many more deaths. 倘若飓风发生在白天，那么死亡的人数还会多得多。（与过去事实相反）

If it were to snow tomorrow, they would not go out. 如果明天下雪，他们就不出去了。（与将来事实相反）

【考例】 If I ____ it with my own eyes, I wouldn't have believed it.（2015北京卷）

A. didn't see

B. weren't seeing

C. wouldn't see

D. hadn't seen

【答案】 D

【解析】 句意为：如果不是我亲眼所见，我是不会相信的。根据后半句wouldn't have believed可以判断是对过去的虚拟。所以从句中用“had done”的形式。故选D项。

【考例】 Sorry, I am too busy now. If I ____ time, I would certainly go for an outing with you.（2012湖南卷）

A. have had

B. had had

C. have

D. had

【答案】 D

【解析】 句意为：抱歉，我现在太忙了。如果有时间，我一定和你去郊游。根据第一句话中的时间状语now可知此处谈论的是现在的事情。在后面的主从复合句中，主句中谓语是“would +动词原形”，但谈论的是现在的事情，由此可知该句使用了虚拟语气。根据主句中的动词形式可知从句中的假设与现在事实相反，所以从句动词应使用过去时。

以下几种特例应引起同学们注意：

1. 省略if的虚拟条件句应使用部分倒装语序

如果在条件句中含有were, had或should，可将if省略，然后将were, had或should移至主语之前。例如：

Should there be a meeting tomorrow, I would come. 如果明天有会议召开，我会来的。

Had we made a great effort, we might have succeeded. 如果我们（过去）做了很大的努力的话，我们可能就获得成功了。

【考例】 It might have saved me some trouble ____ the schedule.（2015江苏卷）

A. did I know

B. have I known

C. do I know

D. had I known

【答案】 D

【解析】 句意为：如果我早知道日程安排，可能就会省去一些麻烦。根据题干中might have saved可知主句是对过去的虚拟，从句应用if I had known，与主句保持一致。if虚拟条件句中含有had时，可将if省去，同时将had提前构成倒装结构。故选D项。

【考例】 ____ the morning train, he would not have been late for the meeting.（2014天津卷）

A. Did he catch

B. should be catch

C. has he caught

D. Had he caught

【答案】 D

【解析】 本题实际上是一个省略if条件状语从句的虚拟语气，表示与过去的事实相反。条件句中使用“过去完成时”，主句使用“情态动词+have done”；当条件句中的if省略的时候，要把had提前形成部分倒装。句意为：如果他赶上了早班火车，他开会就不会迟到了。故D项正确。

2. 混合条件句的虚拟语气

有时条件句的动作与主句动作发生的时间不一致，这时动词的形式应根据它们表示的时间加以调整。例如：

If it had rained last night, it would be very cool today. 如果昨天晚上下了雨的话，今天就会非常凉爽了。

【考例】 It is hard for me to imagine what I would be doing today if I ____ in love, at the age of seven, with the Melinda Cox Library in my hometown. （2002上海卷）

A. wouldn't have fallen

B. had not fallen

C. should fall

D. were to fall

【答案】 B

【解析】 这是一个混合虚拟条件句。if条件状语从句含有明显的过去时间状语at the age of seven，是与过去事实相反的虚拟语气，谓语动词用过去完成时；主句中有现在时的时间状语today，表示与现在事实相反，用“would+动词原形”。

3. 含蓄条件句的常见表达方式

（1） 用连词otherwise, or, but 等暗示前面的条件。例如：

I thought you would remain there for a while after the conference. Otherwise I wouldn't have bought you a single ticket. 我原以为会后你要在那儿逗留一段时间。要不然我就不会给你买单程票了。

Mary could be prettier, but she doesn't care much about her clothes. 玛丽本可以更漂亮些，但是她不太在乎衣着。

【考例】 It is lucky we booked a room, or we ____ nowhere to stay now.（2015安徽卷）

A. had

B. had had

C. would have

D. would have had

【答案】 C

【解析】 句意为：我们很幸运地订到了一间房，否则我们现在就无处可去了。or暗示前面是一个含蓄条件句，or后面是主句，相当于“If we hadn't booked a room, we would have nowhere to stay now.”根据“now”可知是对现在的虚拟，因此用“would+动词原形”，故选C项。

（2） 用but for, without等介词短语表达条件。例如：

Without electricity, human life would be quite different today. 如果没有电，人类现在的生活就会是另一个样子了。

The ship would have sunk with all on board but for the efforts of the captain. 要不是因为船长的努力，连船带人都已沉没了。

【考例】 Without his wartime experiences, Hemingway ____ his famous novel A Farewell to Arms.（2015重庆卷）

A. didn't write

B. hadn't written

C. wouldn't write

D. wouldn't have written

【答案】 D

【解析】 句意为：要是没有战争年代的经历，海明威就不会写出他的著名小说《永别了，武器》。without短语表达含蓄的条件，暗示这是一个含蓄条件句，后面是主句。该含蓄条件表示的是对过去的虚拟，故主句应与过去事实相反，应使用“would/should/could/might...+have done”，故选D项。

【考例】 But for their help, we ____ the program in time. （2009安徽卷）

A. can not finish

B. will not finish

C. had not finished

D. could not have finished

【答案】 D

【解析】 根据But for their help可以推断这是一个与过去事实相反的含蓄虚拟条件句，主句动词应使用“would/could/might/should... +完成时”形式，故D项为正确选项。

（3） 通过分词短语表示条件。例如：

Given more time, we could have done it better. 假如（过去）多给一些时间的话，我们就能把它做得更好一些了。

（4） 用动词不定式表示条件。例如：

It would be a mistake not to help him. 倘若不帮助他，那会是一个错误。

二、考查虚拟语气在名词性从句中的使用

1.下列主语从句中谓语动词通常用“（should）+动词原形”

（1） It is necessary（important, natural, strange, surprising... ）that... 例如：

It is necessary that he be sent to hospital at once. 他有必要被立刻送往医院。

It is strange that she should marry such a poor man. 她竟然嫁给这样一个穷光蛋，真是太奇怪了。

【考例】 It is necessary that a college student ____ at least a foreign language. （1993上海卷）

A. masters

B. should master

C. mastered

D. will master

【答案】 B

【解析】 It is necessary that... 结构中主语从句通常用虚拟语气，谓语动词使用“（should）+动词原形”。

（2） It is suggested （desired, decided, ordered, requested, proposed...） that... 例如：

It has been decided that the meeting be put off till next Saturday. 会议被决定推迟到下星期六举行。

It is suggested that you （should） spend more time in English. 你应该把更多的时间用于英语学习。

2. 虚拟语气在宾语从句中的使用

（1） 在某些动词后的宾语从句中，使用“（should）+动词原形”。常见的动词有：一个坚持（insist）；两个命令（order, command）；三条建议（advise, suggest, propose）；四项要求（demand, require, request, ask）。

【考例】 Teachers recommend parents ____ their children under 12 to ride bicycles to school for safety.（2010福建卷）

A. not allow

B. do not allow

C. mustn't allow

D. couldn't allow

【答案】 A

【解析】 recommend（意为“建议”）后接宾语从句时，从句中应使用虚拟语气，谓语动词用“（should）+动词原形”形式。句意为：老师建议父母，出于安全考虑，不要让12岁以下的小朋友骑自行车去学校。

【考例】 Jane's pale face suggested that she ____ ill, and her parents suggested that she ____ a medical examination.（1994上海卷）

A. be; should have

B. was; have

C. should be; had

D. was; has

【答案】 B

【解析】 suggest意为“建议”时，其后的宾语从句中应使用虚拟语气，谓语动词用“（should） +动词原形”，但当其意为“暗示，表明”时，其后不用虚拟语气。本题第一个suggest意为“表明”，第二个suggest意为“建议”。另外，insist作“坚持（应该）”解时，宾语从句用虚拟语气；作“力言，坚持（认为）”解时，宾语从句不用虚拟语气。例如：

Mike insisted that he had never stolen anything. 迈克坚持说自己从来没偷任何东西。（非虚拟语气）

We insisted that she （should） go with us. 我们坚持她应该跟我们走。（虚拟语气）

（2） wish后宾语从句中的谓语动词有三种形式：对现在的虚拟，用过去时；对过去的虚拟，用过去完成时；对将来的虚拟，用“would / should+动词原形”。

【考例】 I wish I ____ at my sister's wedding last Tuesday, but I was on a business trip in New York then.（2015天津卷）

A. will be

B. would be

C. have been

D. had been

【答案】 D

【解析】 句意为：我希望上星期二我参加了姐姐的婚礼，但是那时我正在纽约出差。wish后的宾语从句中应使用虚拟语气。根据句意可知这是对过去的虚拟，故宾语从句中应使用过去完成时表示对过去的后悔和遗憾。

3. 表语从句和同位语从句中的虚拟语气

某些表示“建议”、“计划”、“命令”的名词（如advice, order, demand, plan, proposal, suggestion, request等）后的同位语从句和表语从句中的谓语动词常用“（should）+动词原形”。 例如：

We all agreed to his suggestion that we （should） go to Beijing for sightseeing. 我们都同意他的到北京旅游观光的建议。

My advice is that he do exercises first. 我的建议是他应该先做练习。

【考例】 We should consider the students' request ____ the school library provide more books on popular science.（2009重庆卷）

A. that

B. when

C. which

D. where

【答案】 A

【解析】 request是表示“请求，建议”类的名词，其后的同位语从句中使用虚拟语气，本题中从句的谓语动词使用了动词原形，同位语从句中不缺少任何成分，故选用that引导。

三、考查虚拟语气在其他句型中的使用

1. 虚拟语气用于It is （high） time （that）... 句型中，that从句中的谓语动词用过去式（be用were）或should+动词原形，should不能省略，意为“（现在）该到……的时候了”。例如：

It's high time that he went （should go） to bed. 到了他该上床睡觉的时候了。

【考例】 Jack is a great talker. It's high time that he ____ something instead of just talking. （2012辽宁卷）

A. will do

B. has done

C. do

D. did

【答案】 D

【解析】 句意为：杰克是一个很喜欢说大话的人。到了他做点事情，而不是只讲大话的时候了。It's high time that是一个固定句型，that从句中的谓语动词用过去式或should+动词原形，should不能省略，意为“（现在）该到……的时候了”。C项省略了should，故选择D项。

2. 虚拟语气用于would rather后的从句中，用过去式表示现在或将来的情况，用过去完成时表示过去的情况。例如：

I would rather you went next Sunday. 我宁愿你下个星期天去。

I would rather you hadn't done that. 我真希望你没做那件事。

【解析】 We would rather our daughter ________ at home with us, but it is her choice, and she is not a child any longer.（2014陕西卷）

A. would stay

B. has stayed

C. stayed

D. stay

【答案】 C

【解析】 would rather后接从句时，从句谓语动词用过去时表示动作发生在现在或将来，用“had+过去分词”表示动作发生在过去。根据and后的句子中的is可知此处动词应使用过去时，表示对现在的虚拟。故选C项。

3. 虚拟语气用于as if （as though）, even if （even though）等引导的表语从句或状语从句中，对现在的虚拟，用过去时；对过去的虚拟，用过去完成时。例如：

The two new-comers talked as if they had known each other for ages. 那两个新来的人聊天的样子仿佛他们已经相识多年了。

【考例】 It was John who broke the window. Why are you talking to me as if I ____ it?（2014重庆卷）

A. had done

B. have done

C. did

D. am doing

【答案】 A

【解析】 连词as if意思是“似乎，好像”，其后面的从句有两种情况，如果是真实的事情，就使用陈述语气；如果表示的事情是非真实的，就使用虚拟语气：与过去事实相反，使用过去完成时；与将来相反，使用过去将来时；与现在相反，使用一般过去时。句意为：打碎窗户的是约翰，为什么你对我说话就像是我做的一样？根据前一句中的was和broke可知，打碎窗户是过去发生的事情，所以是与过去事实相反的虚拟语气，故使用过去完成时。

4. 虚拟语气用于if only引导的感叹句中，其谓语动词的形式与wish后的宾语从句的动词形式一样。

【考例】 Look at the trouble I am in! If only I ____ your advice. （2003上海春季卷）

A. followed

B. would follow

C. had followed

D. should follow

【答案】 C

【解析】 根据句意，这是对过去没做某事的后悔和遗憾，与过去事实相反，从句中应使用过去完成时。

5. 虚拟语气用于Would you mind + if从句，从句中谓语动词通常用过去时。例如：

Would you mind if I opened the window? 我打开窗子，你不反对吧？

试比较：

Do you mind if I open the window?

6. 虚拟语气用于for fear that（以免，为防止……起见），in case（万一，如果发生）引起的从句中，谓语动词常用“should+动词原形”。例如：

She put her coat over the child for fear that he should catch cold. 她把大衣盖在孩子身上怕他着凉。

Here's some money in case you should need it. 这儿有点钱以防你急需。

四、考查“情态动词+完成时”表达的虚拟语气

“should, ought to, needn't等+完成时”表示虚拟意义，含有“责备、遗憾、后悔”的意味。

1.“should（ought to）+完成时”表示本应该做某事而实际上没有做，其否定式表示某种行为不该发生但却发生了。

【考例】 — My cat's really fat.

— You ____ have given her so much food.（2007浙江卷）

A. wouldn't

B. couldn't

C. shouldn't

D. mustn't

【答案】 C

【解析】 根据上文语境“我的猫太胖了”可知下文要说“你本不应该给她这么多食物的”。英语中表示“本不应该做某事而做了”用“shouldn't +完成时”。

【考例】 I told your friend how to get to the hotel, but perhaps I ____ have driven her there.（2007陕西卷）

A. could

B. must

C. night

D. should

【答案】 D

【解析】 句意为：我告诉了你的朋友怎样到那家宾馆去，但是或许我应该驾车送她去那儿的。表示对过去本来应该做某事而未做的一种后悔或遗憾，用“should +完成时”。

2.“could+完成时”表示本来能够做成某事的但结果没能做成，含有遗憾的意味。

【考例】 He did not regret saying what he did but felt that he ____ it differently. （2009江苏卷）

A. could express

B. would express

C. could have expressed

D. must have expressed

【答案】 C

【解析】 句意为：他并不后悔说出他干了些什么，只是觉得自己本可以换一种方式来表达。could have done意思是“本来可以做某事但结果没做”，含有遗憾的意味。

3.“needn't+完成时”表示本来不必做某事而实际上做了某事。

【考例】 The weather turned out to be fine yesterday. I ____ the trouble to carry my umbrella with me.（2006江西卷）

A. should have taken

B. could have taken

C. needn't have taken

D. mustn't have taken

【答案】 C

【解析】 根据语境可知昨天天气转晴了，“我本来不用麻烦带着伞的”。表示“本来不需要做某事而做了”，用“needn't+完成时”。

巩固练习

1. The teacher demanded that the exam ____ before eleven.

A. must finish

B. would be finished

C. be finished

D. must be finished

2. She made the demand that she ____ at once.

A. leave

B. leaves

C. left

D. to left

3. He is talking so much about America as if he ____ there before.

A. had been

B. has been

C. was

D. been

4. The young man insisted that he ____ nothing wrong and ____ free.

A. did; set

B. had done; be set

C. do; be set

D. had done; must be set

5. My suggestion was that the meeting ____ off till next week.

A. to put

B. be put

C. should put

D. be putting

6. It is important that we ____ wild animals.

A. will protect

B. should protect

C. shall protect

D. are protecting

7. It is strange that he ____ interest in much of his research.

A. should have lost

B. would lose

C. had lost

D. will lose

8. ____ today, he would get there by Friday.

A. Would he leave

B. Was he leaving

C. Were he to leave

D. If he leave

9. If it were not for the fact that you ____ ill, I would ask you to do this right now.

A. were

B. had been

C. are

D. be

10. — Have you ever been to Beijing?

— No, but I wish I ____.

A. have

B. will

C. do

D. had

11. — What will you do during the summer holiday?

— I don't know, but it's high time I ____ something.

A.am deciding

B. will decide

C. decided

D. decide

12. If only I ____ my watch!

A.hadn't lost

B. haven't lost

C. didn't lose

D. don't lose

13. He ____ the test, but he wasn't careful enough.

A. could have passed

B. were able to pass

C. must have passed

D. might be able to pass

14. We ____ the work on time without your help.

A. hadn't had finished

B. didn't have finished

C. couldn't have finished

D. can't have finished

15. I would rather you ____ your homework now.

A. did

B. do

C. had done

D. would do

16. I don't think he will attend the party, and ____ he attend it what would he wear?

A. were

B. had

C. should

D. did

17. ____ you were coming today, I would have met you at the railway station.

A. Have I known

B. I have known

C. Had I known

D. I had known

18. It is impossible that it will rain. But if it ____ we would put off the plan.

A. were to rain

B. had rained

C. rains

D. would rain

19. The commander ordered that the wounded ____ to hospital right away.

A. to be sent

B. be sent

C. send

D. should send

20. They requested that he ____ on the radio.

A. spoke

B. speaks

C. speak

D. would speak

21. — Where ____?

— I got stuck in the heavy traffic, or I ____ here earlier.

A. did you go; had arrived

B. are you; would come

C. were you; would come

D. have you been; would have been

22. I ____ you a beautiful present for your birthday, but I was short of money at that time.

A. would buy

B. had bought

C. would like to have bought

D. must have bought

23. I lost your address, otherwise I ____ you long before.

A. had visited

B. have visited

C. would have visited

D. should visit

24. — Would you have told him the answer had it been possible?

— I would have, but I ____ so busy then.

A. had been

B. were

C. was

D. would be

25. The chairman requested that ____.

A. the members studied the problem more carefully

B. the problems were more carefully studied

C. the problems could be studied with more care

D. the members study the problem more carefully

26. — It's really a miracle! You're still alive at all after such a terrible accident!

— Thank goodness! But for the stick of the tree branch, I ____.

A. would have been killed

B. had been killed

C. be killed

D. was killed

27. I was really anxious about you. You ____ home without a word.

A. mustn't leave

B. shouldn't have left

C. couldn't have left

D. needn't leave

28. He had an expression of resentment（不高兴）, as if Martin ____ a fool of him.

A. had made

B. makes

C. made

D. would make

29. ____ the fog, we should have reached our school on time.

A. Because of

B. In spite of

C. In case of

D. But for

30. There was a half smile on his face which suggested that he ____ happy to have given his life for his country.

A. was

B. should be

C. would be

D. were

第十一节 主谓一致考点

英语句子中的谓语动词在数、性、人称、时态等方面要和主语保持一致，这与汉语思维方式有所不同，易为考生忽视。下面结合高考试题，对主谓一致的考查热点进行归纳，希望能对同学们的学习有所帮助。

一、考查含有插入语的主谓一致

为了增加迷惑性，命题人常常在主语与谓语之间插入分隔成分。当主语后有as well as, no less than, with, along with, together with, rather than, but, except, including等短语作插入语或有后置定语修饰时，谓语动词的单复数应与前面的主语保持一致。例如：

Everybody but you knows what was happening. 除了你以外，人人都知道出了什么事。

The teacher, together with some of his pupils, was cleaning the classroom. 那位老师和他的一些学生一起在打扫教室。

【考例】 The famous musician, as well as his students, ____ to perform at the opening ceremony of the 2012 Taipei Flower Expo.（2013福建卷）

A. were invited

B. was invited

C. have been invited

D. has been invited

【答案】 B

【解析】 考查主谓一致和动词时态。题干主语中心词为介词短语as well as...之前的musician， 故谓语动词使用单数形式，排除A、C项；再根据句中标志性词语at the opening ceremony of the 2012 Taipei Flower Expo可知应使用一般过去时态。故答案为B。

【考例】 The basketball coach, as well as his team, ____ interviewed shortly after the match for their outstanding performance.（2012陕西卷）

A. were

B. was

C. is

D. are

【答案】 B

【解析】 句意为：那位篮球教练以及他的球队在比赛后不久就因为他们杰出的表现而受到采访。as well as连接两个名词或代词做主语时，谓语动词的数由第一个名词或代词决定。本题中as well as连接the basketball coach与his team，the basketball coach为第三人称单数，故谓语动词用第三人称单数形式，排除A、D两项；另外，由关键信息shortly after the match可知动作发生在过去，句子采用一般过去时。

【考例】 Such poets as Shakespeare ____ widely read, of whose works, however, some ____ difficult to understand.（2010四川卷）

A. are; are

B. is; is

C. are; is

D. is; are

【答案】 A

【解析】 主句中的主语应为poets，as Shakespeare属插入成分，所以谓语动词用复数；其后的非限制性定语从句的主语应为some (of whose works)，谓语动词也应是复数。故选A。

二、考查定语从句中的主谓一致

如果关系代词在定语从句中作主语，则要看其所代替的先行词的数来决定谓语动词的数。在“one of +复数名词+定语从句”中，定语从句的先行词是复数名词，这时定语从句中的谓语动词的数一般与复数名词一致，用复数形式；但在“the only / very one of +复数名词+定语从句”中，定语从句的先行词是the only / very one，定语从句中的谓语动词通常用单数形式。

【考例】 Barbara is easy to recognize as she's the only one of the women who ____ evening dress. （2010全国卷Ⅱ）

A. wear

B. wears

C. has worn

D. have worn

【答案】 B

【解析】 考查主谓一致和时态。首先the only one of...为先行词时，定语从句修饰的是one，即one是主语，而非后面的复数women，根据主谓一致的原则，谓语动词应该用单数，排除A、D。另外，从“is”可以看出句子表示的是现在事物的状态，因此要用一般现在时，故排除C，选B。

【考例】 She is one of the few girls who ____ in the kindergarten.（1994上海卷）

A. is well paid

B. are well paid

C. is paying well

D. are paying well

【答案】 B

【解析】 在“one of +复数名词+定语从句”中，定语从句的先行词是复数名词，这时定语从句中的谓语动词的数应与复数名词一致，用复数形式。根据句意，应使用被动语态。

三、考查表示抽象概念的名称或词组作主语的情况

1. 主语为表示时间、重量、距离、金钱的名词词组时，谓语动词一般用单数形式。例如：

Twenty years is a long time. 二十年是很长时间。

Two kilometers is a long way to go on foot. 步行的话两千米是一段很长的路程。

Six months has passed, and we still have no news of them. 六个月过去了，我们依然没有他们的消息。

【考例】 A survey of the opinions of experts ____ that three hours of outdoor exercise a week ____ good for one's health. （2007江西卷）

A. show; are

B. shows; is

C. show; is

D. shows; are

【答案】 B

【解析】 主句中的主语是survey，后有of短语作定语分隔；从句中的主语是three hours，是表示时间段的名词词组，看作一个整体，谓语动词用单数形式。

2.“the +形容词（或分词）”通常表示一类人，看作复数，但在具体语境中也可表示一个人。试比较：

The wounded were treated well in the hospital. 伤员在医院里接受良好的治疗。

The departed（死者）was a well-known engineer. 那个死者是一位知名的工程师。

四、考查就近一致的原则

由连词or, either... or... , neither... nor... , not only... but also... , whether... or... 等连接并列主语时，应采用就近原则，动词与最靠近的主语保持一致。例如：

Either you or he has taken it. 不是你拿了就是他拿了。

Not only the children but also the mother wants to go. 不仅孩子们想去，母亲也想去。

【考例】 Either you or one of your students ____ to attend the meeting that is due tomorrow.（2009湖南卷）

A. are

B. is

C. have

D. be

【答案】 B

【解析】 either... or... 连接并列主语时，谓语动词应与最靠近的主语保持一致。One of your students意思是“你的一个学生”，表示单数，故选择B项。

五、考查the number of与a number of的区别

the number of +复数名词，主语是the number（数量），谓语动词用单数；a number of +复数名词，主语是复数名词，a number of作定语，相当于many，谓语动词用复数。例如：

The number of the students increased to 500. 学生人数增加到了500人。

A number of workers have recently left the company. 最近有很多工人离开了公司。

【考例】 The number of foreign students attending Chinese universities ____ rising steadily since1997. （2009山东卷）

A. is

B. are

C. has been

D. have been

【答案】 C

【解析】“the number of +复数名词”作主语时，主语是the number（数量），谓语动词用单数，根据时间标志词since，应使用现在完成时。

【考例】 Nowadays, a large number of women, especially those from the countryside, ____ in the clothing industry.（2005辽宁卷）

A. is working

B. works

C. work

D. worked

【答案】 C

【解析】 a number of +复数名词，主语是复数名词，谓语动词用复数，根据语境和时间状语Nowadays可知应使用用现在时。

六、考查由one, either, neither, each等+ of +复数名词或代词作主语时的主谓一致

one, either, neither, each等+ of +复数名词或代词时，of后的部分是定语，of前的才是主语。

【考例】 — Each of the students, working hard at his or her lessons, ____ to go to university.

— So do I. （1998上海卷）

A. hope

B. hopes

C. hoping

D. hoped

【答案】 B

【解析】 本题的主语是each，of the students作后置定语，修饰each。

七、考查分数、百分数作主语时的主谓一致

分数、百分数+ of +名词时，谓语动词通常与of后面的名词一致。如果是可数名词的复数，谓语动词用复数形式；如果是不可数名词，谓语动词用单数形式。例如：

About 30 percent of the pupils were absent that day. 那天大约有30%的学生迟到。

Nearly 70% of the fund was supplied by the Government. 几乎70%的资金是由政府提供的。

【考例】 One-third of the country ____ covered with trees and the majority of the citizens ____ black people.（2011湖南卷）

A. is; are

B. is; is

C. are; are

D. are; is

【答案】 A

【解析】 第一空前面的country在句中是“国土”之意，是不可数名词，其前有分数修饰时谓语动词用单数形式；“the majority of+复数名词”用作主语时，谓语动词通常用复数形式。句意为：该国三分之一的国土由森林覆盖，大部分人口为黑人。

【考例】 The company had about 20 notebook computers but only one-third ____ used regularly. Now we have 60 working all day long.（2006浙江卷）

A. is

B. are

C. was

D. were

【答案】 D

【解析】 one-third是指约20台笔记本电脑中的三分之一，表示复数意义；根据语境，前后是今昔对比的描述，空格处应使用过去时。

八、考查意义一致的原则

一些单复数形式相同的名词如means（方法，手段），works（工厂），family（家庭，家庭成员）等作主语时，根据意义一致的原则，根据具体意思决定谓语动词的单复数形式。例如：

Every possible means has been tried. 每种可能的办法都试过了。

All possible means have been tried. 所有可能的办法都试过了。

【考例】 Every possible means ____ to prevent the pollution, but the sky is still not clear. （2000上海春季卷）

A. is used

B. are used

C. has been used

D. have been used

【答案】 C

【解析】 means前有every修饰，表示单数意义；根据语境，此处应使用现在完成时，表示对现在造成的结果或影响。

九、考查倒装语序中的主谓一致

在全部倒装的句子中要注意主谓一致时须与后面的主语一致。

【考例】 At the foot of the mountain ____. （2006四川卷）

A. a village lie

B. lies a village

C. does a village lie

D. lying a village

【答案】 B

【解析】 这是一个全部倒装的句子，主语是a village。

【考例】 On top of the books ____ the photo album you're looking for.（2005上海春季卷）

A. is

B. are

C. has

D. have

【答案】 A

【解析】 作表语的介词短语放在句首时，使用全部倒装语序，句子的真正主语不是books，而是the photo album。

十、考查quantities of修饰名词的主谓一致

quantities of可修饰可数名词的复数或不可数名词，其短语作主语时，谓语动词一般用复数形式。

【考例】 — Why does the lake smell terrible?

— Because large quantities of water ____.（2009福建卷）

A. have polluted

B. is being polluted

C. has been polluted

D. have been polluted

【答案】 D

【解析】 quantities of不论修饰可数名词还是不可数名词，其短语作主语时，谓语动词一般用复数形式。水应该是被污染，故使用被动语态。

【考例】 With more forests being destroyed, huge quantities of good earth ____ each year.（2005山东卷）

A. is washing away

B. is being washed away

C. are washing away

D. are being washed away

【答案】 D

【解析】 quantities of不论修饰可数名词还是不可数名词，其短语作主语时，谓语动词一般用复数形式。

十一、考查由and连接并列主语时的主谓一致

1. and连接的两个名词作主语，表示不同的人或事物，其概念是复数，谓语动词用复数。例如：

Jim and Mary are both interested in it. 吉姆和玛丽都对此感兴趣。

2. and连接的两个名词作主语，指同一个人、事物或概念时，谓语动词用单数，此时，后一个名词不加冠词。

A cart and horse was seen in the distance. 远处看见一辆马车。

【考例】 A poet and artist ____ coming to speak to us about Chinese literature and painting tomorrow afternoon.（2006江苏卷）

A. is

B. are

C. was

D. were

【答案】 A

【解析】 此题中and连接的第二个名词artist没有加冠词，说明指的是同一个人。

3. and连接的并列主语是单数概念，并且前面有every, each, no等修饰时，谓语动词用单数。例如：

Each boy and each girl wants to serve the people in the future. 所有的男孩女孩将来都想为人民服务。

【考例】 — Did you go to the show last night?

— Yeah. Every boy and girl in the area ____ invited. （2008陕西卷）

A. were

B. have been

C. has been

D. was

【答案】 D

【解析】 Every boy and girl作主语应使用单数谓语。邀请是发生在过去的事情，故使用一般过去时。

十二、考查动词不定式、动名词以及名词性从句作主语时的主谓一致

动词不定式、动名词以及名词性从句作主语时，谓语动词常用单数形式。例如：

Being deaf and dumb makes communication very difficult. 又聋又哑很难与人交往。

To have told my secret would have given me away. 要是讲出了我的秘密就是把我自己出卖了。

【考例】Listening to loud music at rock concerts ____ caused hearing loss in some teenagers. （2010湖南卷）

A. is

B. are

C. has

D. have

【答案】 C

【解析】动名词短语作主语时，句子的谓语动词要用单数形式，由此排除B、D两项；根据主语与caused的主动关系，排除A项。

【考例】 Most of what has been said about the Smiths ____ also true of the Johnsons.（2006安徽卷）

A. are

B. is

C. being

D. to be

【答案】 B

【解析】 本题的主语是主语从句通常看作不可数，most of修饰主语从句依然是不可数，谓语动词应该用单数形式。

巩固练习

1. This is one of the most interesting questions that ____ asked.

A. have

B. has

C. have been

D. has been

2. Each man and each woman ____ asked to attend the meeting.

A. are

B. is

C. has

D. were

3. Mary as well as her sisters ____ Chinese in China.

A. are studying

B. have studied

C. studies

D. study

4. Ten thousand dollars ____ more than I can afford.

A. has been

B. have been

C. is

D. are

5. The public ____ generous in their contributions to the earthquake victims.

A. is

B. was

C. are

D. has been

6. Many a student ____ the importance of learning a foreign language.

A. have realized

B. has realized

C. have been realized

D. has been realized

7. In that country, the rich ____ richer, the poor, poorer.

A. become

B. has become

C. becomes

D. is becoming

8. Four-fifths of the crop ____.

A. are ruined

B. was ruined

C. were ruined

D. have been ruined

9. ____ is to attend our evening.

A. both the singer and the dancer

B. Either the singer or dancers

C. The singer or dancers

D. The singer and dancer

10. What you said just now ____ to do with the matter we are discussing.

A. have something

B. has something

C. had something

D. was something

11. Going to bed early and getting up early ____ a good habit.

A. is

B. are

C. has

D. have

12. Among the culture relics in the gorge ____ the Huangling Temple and the Three Travelers Cave.

A. is

B. are

C. has

D. have

13. — ____ both Ann and I going to the party?

— No, neither you nor Ann ____ going.

A. Are; are

B. Is; is

C. Are; is

D. Is; are

14. Twenty-five thousand dollars ____ the average income for a four-person family living in a medium-sized community in the United States.

A. are

B. is

C. will be

D. be

15. American society is one of rapid change. Studies show that one out of five American family ____ every year.

A. moves

B. move

C. has moved

D. have moved

16. The father, rather than the brothers, ____ for the accidents.

A. are responsible

B. were responsible

C. be responsible

D. is responsible

17. These beautiful Chinese fancy knots, either of a simple or complicated structure, ____ made of a single piece of string.

A. is

B. are

C. has

D. have

18. Not his sister but his two cousins ____ to Hainan, never to be seen again.

A. had gone

B. have gone

C. has been

D. have been

19. — Has everyone in your class passed the driving test?

— No, ____ only Yang Bei and I who ____ passed it.

A. it was; had

B. there is; have

C. it is; have

D. there were; had

20. The poor ____ always dreaming ____ becoming rich over one night.

A. are; in

B. is; to

C. is; of

D. are; of

21. This kind of stories ____ instructive while stories of that kind ____ harmful to children.

A. is; seems

B. are; seem

C. is; seem

D. are; seems

22. The population of the city ____ not large, but one third of the population here ____ highly-educated citizens.

A. is; is

B. are; are

C. is; are

D. are; is

23. Which of the books do you think ____ best among the best-sellers?

A. sells

B. is sold

C. are written

D. writes

24. — Why did you change your major from economics to law?

— Because economics ____ as interesting to me as law.

A. isn't

B. are

C. doesn't

D. aren't

25. The hostess dressed in her finest costume together with the guests of honor ____ comfortably in the living room when I came in.

A. were seated

B. seated

C. sitting

D. was seated

26. — These bananas look different and they are sweet.

— Right. They ____ here from Taiwan yesterday.

A. was brought

B. were brought

C. bring

D. are brought

27. The injured in the tsunami（海啸） ____ good care of by some medical teams.

A. is taken

B. are being taken

C. are taking

D. is being taken

28. It is not J. K. Rowling but her works that ____ us excited.

A. makes

B. is made

C. make

D. are made

29. On the closet ____ a pair of trousers his parents bought for his birthday.

A. lying

B. lies

C. lie

D. is laid

30. About 60 percent of the students ____ from the south; the rest of them ____ from the north and foreign countries.

A. are; is

B. is; is

C. is; are

D. are; are

第二章 句法

第一节 名词性从句考点

在句子中起名词作用的句子叫名词性从句 （Noun Clauses）。 名词性从句的功能相当于名词词组，它在复合句中能担任主语、宾语、表语、同位语、介词宾语等，因此根据它在句中不同的语法功能，名词性从句又可分为主语从句、宾语从句、表语从句和同位语从句。

名词性从句的用法要点多，牵涉面广。与其他句式结合性强，是中学英语语法中的重点和难点，也是高考的常考点。

一、从句中的语序

在名词性从句中一律使用陈述句语序，特别要注意由连接代词和连接副词引导的从句，切不可受特殊疑问句的影响而用了疑问句语序。例如：

I wonder who she is. 我想知道她是谁。

Whether she's coming or not doesn't matter too much. 她来与不来没有多大关系。

【考例】 When changing lanes, a driver should use his turning signal to let other drivers know ____ .（2010上海卷）

A. he is entering which lane

B. which lane he is entering

C. is he entering which lane

D. which lane is he entering

【答案】 B

【解析】 which引导的句子作know的宾语，从句中应用陈述语序。

二、从句中的时态

在名词性从句中，要注意从句谓语动词与主句谓语动词的时态一致性。

1. 在宾语从句中，当主句是一般现在时、现在完成时、一般将来时等，宾语从句可以根据需要用各种时态。如果主句谓语动词是一般过去时，则宾语从句须用过去的某种时态。如果宾语从句表示的是客观真理，其谓语动词则仍用一般现在时。

【考例】 The moment I got home, I found I ____ my jacket on the playground.（2008陕西卷）

A. had left

B. left

C. have left

D. was leaving

【答案】 A

【解析】 I found后接宾语从句，由于主句动词使用了一般过去时，且宾语从句的动作发生在主句动作之前，故从句中应使用过去完成时。

2. 在主语从句、表语从句和同位语从句中, 也要注意从句谓语动词与主句谓语动词的时态一致性。关键要注意动作发生的先后关系。

Who will be sent abroad has not been decided. 派谁去国外，还没有决定。（主句是现在完成时, 从句是一般将来时）

The earth of today is not what it was millions of years ago. 今天的地球不是几百万年前的地球。（主句是一般现在时，从句是一般过去时）

三、it作形式主语或形式宾语代替主语从句或宾语从句的用法

英语中为了保持句子平衡，常用先行词it代替主语从句或宾语从句，而把主语从句或宾语从句放到后面。这时需要注意不能用that, this或these等作先行替代词。例如：

I hate it when people talk with their mouth full. 我讨厌别人说话时嘴里塞满了东西。

It is a fact that English is being accepted as an international language. 英语作为一门国际语言正被人们接受是个事实。

【考例】 It is by no means clear ____ the president can do to end the strike.（2012全国新课标卷）

A. how

B. which

C. that

D. what

【答案】 D

【解析】 句意为：总统能采取什么措施来结束这场罢工根本不为人所知。it是形式主语，空格后是一个主语从句，从句部分的动词do缺少宾语，空格处所填单词既要引导主语从句，又在从句中作宾语，四个选项中有此功能的只有what。

【考例】 It never occurred to me ____ you could succeed in persuading him to change his mind.（2010陕西卷）

A. which

B. what

C. that

D. if

【答案】 C

【解析】 句意为：我从来没有想到你能成功说服他改变主意。本句中it是形式主语，真正的主语是后面的主语从句“你能成功说服他改变主意”，陈述了一件事实，故排除D项if（“是否”表明从句的不确定性）。由于该主句从句句子结构完整，不缺少成分，故选that，而排除需要在从句中充当成分的which和what。

【考例】 He didn't make ____ clear when and where the meeting would be held. （2007天津卷）

A. this

B. that

C. it

D. these

【答案】 C

【解析】 make后接复合宾语，真正的宾语是when and where the meeting would be held，宾补是clear。由于宾语太长，故使用先行词it作形式宾语。

四、从句中的语气

在某些宾语从句、主语从句、表语从句和同位语从句中，谓语动词需用虚拟语气。

1. 宾语从句中

1）在表示“坚持、要求、命令、建议”之类的动词后的宾语从句中，谓语动词要用 “should + 动词原形”形式，should 可省略。这样的动词有：一个“坚持”（insist）；两个“命令”（order，command）；三个“建议”（suggest，advise，propose）；四个“要求”（ask，demand， request，require）。例如：

The guard at the gate insisted that everybody obey the rules. 门口的哨兵坚持每个人都应遵守规章制度。

He demanded that he （should） be sent to work there. 他要求被派往那儿工作。

需特别注意的是：动词suggest表示“暗示，表明”，insist表示 “坚持说（认为）”时, 其后的宾语从句中的谓语动词则要用相应的陈述语气。

例如：

On the dead boy's face there was a half smile that seemed to suggest that he was happy to have given his life for his country. 在那位死去的孩子的脸上有一丝微笑，似乎表明他很高兴把自己的生命献给了自己的祖国。

The Arab insisted that he had never seen the camel. 那位阿拉伯人坚持说他从来没有看见过那头骆驼。

【考例】 Teachers recommend parents ____ their children under 12 to ride bicycles to school for safety.（2010福建卷）

A. not allow

B. do not allow

C. mustn't allow

D. couldn't allow

【答案】 A

【解析】 recommend（意为“建议”）后接宾语从句时，从句中应使用虚拟语气，谓语动词用“（should）+动词原形”形式。句意为：老师建议父母出于安全考虑最好不要让12岁以下的小朋友骑自行车去学校。

2）在动词wish后面的宾语从句中，谓语动词用过去式，表示与现在事实相反的一种愿望；用“had +过去分词”，表示与过去事实相反的一种愿望或已经发生的一件遗憾事情；用“should / would / might / could + 动词原形”表示与将来事实相反或不可能实现的愿望。例如：

I wish I remembered her address now. 我希望我现在记得她的地址。

I wish I had seen you yesterday. 我希望我昨天见到了你。

She wishes she would try again. 她希望她能再试一次。

【考例】 How I wish every family ____ a large house with a beautiful garden! （2002上海春季卷）

A. has

B. had

C. will have

D. had had

【答案】 B

【解析】 此题表达的是与现在事实相反的一种愿望，wish后的宾语从句应使用一般过去时。

2. 主语从句中

在“It is / was + 形容词 （或过去分词） + 主语从句”的句型中, 从句中的动词形式不论人称和数, 都可以用“should +动词原形”结构，should可省略。本句型中常用的形容词有：necessary，important，strange，natural，essential等；常用的过去分词通常是表示提议、要求、命令等动词的过去分词，如suggested，ordered，demanded，required，requested，proposed，advised，decided等。例如：

It is necessary that he （should） be sent there at once. 有必要立即派他到那里去。

It has been decided that the meeting （should） be put off. 已决定推迟举行会议。

3. 表语从句和同位语从句中

在表示“意愿、要求、命令、建议”等名词之后的表语从句或同位语从句中，谓语动词用“should + 动词原形”形式，should 可省略。这类名词有：idea，proposal，suggestion，order，plan，decision，advice，desire，requirement等。例如：

My proposal is that the meeting （should） be put off. 我的建议是推迟举行会议。

The professor gave orders that the test be finished before 5:30. 教授命令测验在五点半之前完成。

Our plan is that we have a sports meet next week. 我们计划下周举办一个运动会。

五、宾语从句的否定转移

在动词think，believe，expect，suppose，guess 等后带that宾语从句时，若从句是否定句，常将否定词not转移到主句中。例如：

I don't think （that） it will be very cold today. 我认为今天不会很冷。

注意：这类句子后若带有附加疑问句，应采用肯定形式来反问，反问部分主语应与从句主语一致。例如：

I don't believe she knows it, does she? 我认为她不知道这件事情，是不是？

六、从句引导词的正确选用

这是近几年高考的重中之重。解决这一问题可以依据从句中“缺什么成分补什么成分”的原则确定是选用连接代词还是连接副词，然后根据意思再选用具体的连接词。

名词性从句的引导词很多，归纳起来可分为以下三类：

如果名词性从句中缺少主语、宾语、表语或定语，则选用连接代词。引导名词性从句的连接代词主要有who, whom, whose, what, which等，它们在名词性从句中既起连接作用，又在从句中充当一定的成分，指物用what，指人用who / whom / whoever / whomever。如果名词性从句中缺少状语，则选用连接副词，引导名词性从句的连接副词有when, where, why, how等，它们既起连接作用，又在从句中充当状语。如果名词性从句中不缺成分，而仅表示陈述事实，则用that引导。例如：

The problem is ____ he has done to the little boy.（问题是他对那个小男孩做了些什么。）

分析：表语从句中动词has done后缺少宾语，且指物，应填what。

We believed ____ he had earned enough money to build a house.（我们相信他已经挣够足够的钱来建造房屋。）

分析：宾语从句中不缺少成分，且陈述一件事实，用that引导。

____ will win the match is still unknown. （谁能赢得这场比赛还不得而知。）

分析：分析题干可知这是一个含有主语从句的复合句，主语从句中缺少主语，且指人，用 who引导。

I have no idea ____ he learned about it.（我不知道他是怎么得知的。）

分析：同位语从句中不缺少主语和宾语，根据意思，句中缺少表示方式的状语，应填连接副词how。

七、几组高考热点连词

1. that和what

that引导名词性从句时仅起连接作用，不在句子中充当任何成分，也无任何意义，除在宾语从句中外一般不可省略；what引导名词性从句时，除起连接作用外，还在句子中担任主语、宾语、表语、定语等句子成分。例如：

____ parents say and do has a life-long effect on their children.

分析：分析句子结构可知这是一个含有主语从句的复合句，本题的谓语动词是has，其前是主语从句作主语，从句中say and do后缺少宾语，且表示“所……的……”，故用what，不用that。

____ fashion differs from country to country may reflect the culture differences from one aspect.

分析：这是一个含有主语从句的复合句。因为主语从句是一个完整的句子，陈述了一个事实，不缺少任何成分，所以要选that。这句话的意思是“国与国之间的时装差异可以从一个方面反映出其文化上的差异”。

【考例】 If you swim in a river or lake, be sure to investigate ____ is below the water surface. Often there are rocks or branches hidden in the water.（2015浙江卷）

A. what

B. who

C. that

D. whoever

【答案】 A

【解析】 句意为：如果你在河里或湖里游泳，一定要查看水面下有什么东西。通常总有一些石头或树枝藏在水里。investigate后面接的是宾语从句。分析宾语从句的成分可以发现，空格所作的成分是主语。名词性从句中缺少主语或宾语并且指物用what引导。that引导宾语从句时不作成分，没有任何意义，只起引导作用。

【考例】 As John Lennon once said，life is ____ happens to you while you are busy making other plans.（2014湖南卷）

A. which

B. that

C. what

D. where

【答案】 C

【解析】 所填关联词引导表语从句，并且在从句中作主语，用what。which意为“哪一个”，表示在一个范围内的选择，与语境不符。故选C项。

【考例】 Part of the reason Charles Dickens loved his own novel, David Copperfield, was ____ it was rather closely modeled on his own life.（2010北京卷）

A. what

B. that

C. why

D. whether

【答案】 B

【解析】 表语从句中不缺成分，因此要用that来引导。句意为：狄更斯喜欢他自己的小说《大卫·科波菲尔》的部分原因是小说创作非常贴近他本人的真实生活。

2. whether和if

如果名词性从句中不缺少成分，且表示“是否”意义时，可用whether或 if引导。whether与if在引导动词的宾语从句时，两者一般可以互换，但在下列情况下一般只能用whether，不用if：

（1） 引导主语从句并在句首时；

（2） 引导表语从句时；

（3） 引导从句作介词宾语时；

（4） 从句后有“or not”时；

（5） 后接动词不定式时。

例如：Whether there is life on the moon is an interesting question. 月球上有没有生命是个有趣的问题。

The point is whether we should lend him the money. 问题在于我们是否应该借钱给他。

Everything depends on whether we have enough money. 一切要看我们是否有足够的钱。

I wonder whether he will come or not. 我想知道他来还是不来。

Can you tell me whether to go or to stay? 你能否告诉我是去还是留？

【考例】 It doesn't matter ____ you turn right or left at the crossing—both roads lead to the park.（2012天津卷）

A. whether

B. how

C. if

D. when

【答案】 A

【解析】 句意为：在这个十字路口你向左或向右转弯都没有关系，因为两条路都通向公园。题干中it作形式主语，所以所选的词在句中引导主语从句。whether引导名词性从句表示“是否”之意，而且题干中出现了关键信息词or。whether... or...表示“是……还是……”。if引导名词性从句也表示“是否”之意，但引导主语从句、表语从句、同位语从句时只能用whether而不能用if。

3. wh- + ever引导名词性从句的区别

wh- + ever引起的名词性从句不含疑问意义，相当于名词或代词后加一个定语从句。例如：

The poor young man is ready to accept ____ help he can get.（那个可怜的年轻人愿意接受他所能得到的任何帮助。）

分析：从句法角度看，空格处缺少定语修饰help，因此应该选择连接代词，whatever help he can get = any help that he can get。

____ fails to see this will make a big mistake.（任何人只要没能看到这一点将犯很大的错误。）

分析：这是一个含有主语从句的复合句。从句中缺少主语，应选择连接代词，根据句意表示“任何……的人”，应选用Whoever，相当于Anybody who。

【考例】 We promise ____ attends the party a chance to have a photo taken with the movie star.（2012福建卷）

A. who

B. whom

C. whoever

D. whomever

【答案】 C

【解析】 句意为：无论是谁参加晚会，我们都许诺给他/她一个和这位电影明星拍照的机会。 promise sb. sth.意为“许诺某人某事”，即promise后跟双宾语，whoever attends the party为whoever引导的名词性从句，充当promise的宾语；因为从句中缺少主语，故不能选择宾格形式的whom和whomever；而who表示疑问意义，与句意不符；whoever，意为“无论是谁”，相当于anybody who...，符合句意。

【考例】 She is very dear to us. We have been prepared to do ____ it takes to save her life. （2009湖南卷）

A. whichever

B. however

C. whatever

D. whoever

【答案】 C

【解析】 分析句子结构可知，这是一个含有宾语从句的复合句。宾语从句中动词takes后缺少宾语，应选用whatever，相当于anything that。

巩固练习

1. Your skirt is really splendid, but ____ we actually need is not a skirt but a new pair of shoes.

A. that

B. what

C. whether

D. how

2.____ made me more surprised was ____ the pickpocket asked my friend to lend him some money and he agreed.

A. What; that

B. That; that

C. What; whether

D. It; that

3. What do you think of this suggestion that we ____ lunch at the new restaurant?

A. will have

B. are going to have

C. would have

D. have

4. I don't know the reason ____ you were absent from the meeting, but I'm sure that someone will tell me the reason ____ you haven't told me.

A. why; that

B. that; why

C. because; which

D. of which; that

5. ____ made his mother surprised was ____ Tom Smith should have been fooled by such a simple trick.

A. What; that

B. What; because

C. That; what

D. That; because

6. According to Bill Gates, the idea ____ we can play video games and receive E-mails without sitting at a keyboard will come true. However, it is unclear ____ it will be on sale and ____ it will cost.

A. which; that; what

B. 不填; whether; how much

C. that; when; what

D. that; that; how much

7. The doctors are trying their best to reduce the people's fear ____ they would be infected by the present disease called SARS.

A. whether

B. which

C. when

D. that

8. Word has come ____ in some western countries, demand for graduates from MBA courses has fallen down.

A. that

B. while

C. when

D. as

9. Though Frances congratulates herself on her success she sometimes wonders ____ will happen to her private life.

A. it

B. what

C. which

D. that

10. I think Mother would like to know ____ I've been up to so far, so I decide to send her a quick note.

A. which

B. why

C. what

D. how

11. We should be aware of the fact ____ rich countries are becoming richer while poor countries are becoming poorer.

A. which

B. what

C. that

D. where

12. They are teachers and don't realize ____ to start and run a company.

A. what it takes

B. what takes it

C. what they take

D. what takes them

13. I haven't settled the question of ____ I'll go back home.

A. as

B. what

C. whether

D. if

14. On stepping into his room he was astonished to find the floor covered with ____ looked like tiny insects.

A. that

B. something

C. what

D. anything

15. In order to encourage the students to study hard, the school decides to give the scholarship to ____ wins the first in the exam.

A. who

B. whom

C. whomever

D. whoever

16. ____ Tom was worried about seemed obvious to everyone present at the meeting.

A. What

B. Which

C. That

D. How

17. — It remains to be seen ____ the plan can be put into practice.

— It depends on your determination.

A. whether

B. where

C. how

D. that

18. Many experts hold the view ____ teacher development is ____ the key to better education lies.

A. which; where

B. which; in which

C. that; where

D. that; in which

19. After ____ seemed an endless wait, it was his turn to have the job interview.

A. that

B. which

C. what

D. who

20. There was a sudden flash, followed by ____ sounded like fireworks.

A. what

B. something

C. it

D. which

21. — Was it ____ he said or all that he did ____ let you down, Joan?

— No, not really.

A. which; that

B. what; that

C. that; what

D. what; what

22. ____ is known to us all is that the old scientist, for ____ life was hard in the past, still works very hard in his eighties.

A. As; whom

B. What; whom

C. It; whose

D. As; whose

23. That art center is ____ used to be a factory, ____ millions of tractors were made.

A. what; where

B. where; where

C. what; which

D. where; which

24. My pen-friend, Peter, wrote to me, expressing the hope ____ he would come to Beijing to see the 2008 Olympic Games.

A. which

B. that

C. what

D. whether

25. I still couldn't understand ____ the machine would work, so I asked him to explain it to me.

A. how

B. what

C. which

D. whom

26. The police finally got to ____ was once an old temple ____ the villagers used as a school.

A. which; what

B. what; that

C. where; which

D. what; where

27. He was such a great hero that ____ he did, even his way of walking, was imitated by many young people.

A. whatever

B. no matter what

C. however

D. no matter how

28. “You can't choose what life you will have,” said Tai Lihua, a deaf leading dancer, “but you can choose your attitude towards life.” And this is ____ I completely agree.

A. why

B. what

C. when

D. where

29. Actually children can be ____ they want to be, whether it is a pilot, a soldier, or a general manager.

A. who

B. which

C. whatever

D. whomever

30. If you feel tired and sick of fatty foods, that is ____ you have to go to the hospital for a medical examination.

A. why

B. when

C. whether

D. what

第二节 定语从句考点

定语从句是中学英语重要语法项目之一，也是高考测试的一个重点和热点问题。

高考对定语从句的考查体现在关系词的选择上。因为关系词是用来在定语从句中代替先行词的，所以选择关系词的关键是看先行词在定语从句中作何成分。作主语、宾语、表语时，用关系代词，指人用who （宾格用whom）或that，指物用which或that；作定语时，则不管修饰人还是修饰物，都可用whose引导；如果先行词在定语从句中作状语，则选用关系副词，分别用when，where，why表示时间、地点、原因状语。

一、关系代词引导的定语从句

关系代词所代替的先行词是表人或物的名词或代词，并在句中充当主语、宾语、定语等成分。关系代词在定语从句中作主语时，从句谓语动词的人称和数要和先行词保持一致。例如：

Is he the man who / that wants to see you? 他就是想见你的人吗？（who / that在从句中作主语）

I know a friend whose brother is a pop singer. 我认识一个朋友，他哥哥是一名流行歌手。（whose修饰人，在从句中作定语）

Please pass me the book whose （of which the） cover is green.请递给我那本绿皮的书。（whose 在从句中修饰物，它还可以同of which the互换）

A prosperity which / that had never been seen before appears in the countryside. 农村出现了前所未有的繁荣。（which / that在句中作主语）

The package （which / that） you are carrying is about to come unwrapped. 你拿的包快散了。（which / that在句中作宾语）

【考例】 The books on the desk, ____ covers are shiny, are prizes for us.（2015四川卷）

A. which

B. what

C. whose

D. that

【答案】 C

【解析】 句意为：桌上的书是给我们的奖励，它们的封面亮丽。先行词为the books，和covers之间存在所有关系，在定语从句中作定语，故选择C项，意为“书的（封面）”。

【考例】 Please send us all the information ____ you have about the candidate for the position.（2014陕西卷）

A. that

B. which

C. as

D. what

【答案】 A

【解析】 从句位于名词information后，可以判定是定语从句，排除D。先行词是information，指物，且由不定代词all修饰，排除B、C项。关系词在从句中作及物动词have的宾语，只能用that，故选A项。

二、关系副词引导的定语从句

关系副词可代替的先行词是时间、地点或理由的名词，在从句中作状语，分别用when, where, why表示时间、地点、原因状语。关系副词when, where, why的含义相当于“介词+ which”结构，因此常常和“介词+ which”结构交替使用。例如：

There are occasions when （on which） one must yield. 任何人都有不得不屈服的时候。

Beijing is the place where （in which） I was born. 北京是我的出生地。

Is this the reason why （for which） he refused our offer? 这就是他拒绝我们帮助他的理由吗？

【考例】 The boss of the company is trying to create an easy atmosphere ____ his employees enjoy their work.（2015天津卷）

A. where

B. which

C. when

D. who

【答案】 A

【解析】 句意为：公司老板正努力营造一种轻松的氛围，在这种氛围中，员工喜欢他们的工作。分析题干可知，名词atmosphere后是一个定语从句，该从句的引导词在从句中作地点状语，即in which = in the atmosphere = where，故选关系副词where。在定语从句中，当position, point, case, stage, situation, atmosphere等表示抽象地点的名词充当先行词时，若定语从句缺少状语，则用where引导定语从句。

【考例】 I am looking forward to the day ____ my daughter can read this book and know my feelings for her.（2014湖南卷）

A. as

B. why

C. when

D. where

【答案】 C

【解析】 从句位于名词day后，可以判定是定语从句。先行词是day，关系词在从句中作时间状语，应用关系副词when，故选C项。

三、限制性和非限制性定语从句

定语从句有限制性和非限制性两种。限制性定语从句对先行词来说是不可缺少的部分，去掉它主句意思往往不明确；非限制性定语从句是先行词的附加说明，去掉了也不会影响主句的意思，它与主句之间通常用逗号分开。例如：

This is the house which we bought last month. 这是我们上个月买的那幢房子。（限制性）

The house, which we bought last month, is very nice. 这幢房子很漂亮，是我们上个月买的。（非限制性）

当先行词是专有名词或被物主代词和指示代词修饰时，其后的定语从句通常是非限制性的。例如：

Charles Smith, who was my former teacher, retired last year. 查理·史密斯去年退休了，他曾经是我的老师。

This novel, which I have read three times, is very touching. 这本小说很感人，我已经读了三遍。

注意：关系代词that和关系副词why不能引导非限制性定语从句。

【考例】 Opposite is St. Paul's Church, ____ you can hear some lovely music.（2015北京卷）

A. which

B. that

C. when

D. where

【答案】 D

【解析】 句意为：对面是圣保罗教堂，在那里你能听到一些优美的音乐。这是一个含有非限制性定语从句的复合句。先行词是St. Paul's Church，后面的从句中主干齐全，不缺主语和宾语，因此先行词在定语从句中充当的是地点状语，故选where。

四、“介词+关系代词”引导的定语从句

当先行词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时，往往可以把介词放在关系代词之前，构成“介词+关系代词（whom / which）”结构。但一些短语动词如look after等中的介词不能与动词分开，故不能放在关系代词之前。确定介词时，一是依据定语从句中动词所需要的某种习惯搭配，二是依据先行词的某种习惯搭配，三是根据所要表达的意思来确定。例如：

This is the house in which I lived two years ago. 这就是我两年前住过的房子。

Do you still remember the day on which you joined our club? 你还记得加入我们俱乐部的那一天吗？

【考例】 Creating an atmosphere ____ employees feel part of a team is a big challenge.（2015浙江卷）

A. as

B. whose

C. in which

D. at which

【答案】 C

【解析】 句意为：创造一种让雇员感觉是团队中的一员的氛围是很大的挑战。名词atmosphere后是定语从句，从句中主干齐全，不缺主语和宾语，因此空白处在定语从句中充当的是状语，可排除A、B项。“在……氛围中”应用in an/the atmosphere表达，故选in which，相当于where。

【考例】 English is a language shared by several diverse cultures, ____ uses it differently.（2014天津卷）

A. all of which

B. each of which

C. all of them

D. each of them

【答案】 B

【解析】 本题含有一个非限制性定语从句，先行词是several diverse cultures，排除C、D项，这两项并不能引导定语从句。A项在定语从句中作主语的时候，谓语动词要使用复数形式，本题定语从句中的uses说明A项是错误的。B项中的each作主语时，谓语动词使用单数形式。句意为：英语是一个被多种不同的文化共同使用的语言，每一种文化使用英语的方法都是不一样的。故B项正确。

五、as, which 引导的非限定性定语从句

as, which 引导非限定性定语从句时，可指代整个主句，相当于and this或and that。

1. as引导的从句可放在主句之前、之后或中间，而which引导的从句则不能放在主句之前。

2. 当从句谓语动词是be announced / expected / known / reported / said / imagined / shown等被动形式或usually happen, be often the case等表示主句的习惯性或司空见惯之意时，常用as。

3. 当从句的谓语动词是否定形式或谓语带的是一个复合宾语结构时，一般用which而不用as。 例如：

As we all know, smoking is harmful to one's health. 我们都知道，吸烟有害健康。

The sun heats the earth, which is very important to us. 太阳为地球提供热量，这对于我们非常重要。

【考例】 The number of smokers, ____ is reported, has dropped by 17 percent in just one year. （2015江苏卷）

A. it

B. which

C. what

D. as

【答案】 D

【解析】 句意为：据报道，吸烟者的人数仅在一年内就下降了17%。分析句子结构可知，这是一个含有非限制性定语从句的复合句，从句用关系代词引导。as和which都可以引导非限制性定语从句，但是as is reported是固定用法，意思是“正如报道的那样”或“据报道”。

【考例】 Until now, we have raised 50,000 pounds for the poor children, ____is quite unexpected.（2014四川卷）

A. that

B. which

C. who

D. it

【答案】 B

【解析】 本题考查which引导非限制性定语从句，指代整个主句内容。which在定语从句中作主语，其他选项均无此用法。句意为：到现在为止，我们已经为那些贫穷的孩子募捐到了5万英镑，这是完全没有预料到的。

六、考查定语从句中的主谓一致

关系代词作从句主语时，从句中谓语动词的人称和数应与先行词保持一致，先行词是整个句子时，从句的谓语动词用第三人称单数形式。在“one of +复数名词+定语从句”中，定语从句的先行词是复数名词，这时定语从句中的谓语动词的数一般与复数名词一致，用复数形式，但在“the only / very one of +复数名词+定语从句”中，定语从句的先行词是the only / very one，定语从句中的谓语动词通常用单数形式。例如：

Anyone who has questions to ask, please come to my office this afternoon.有问题要问的人，今天下午到我办公室来。

That is one of the most valuable dictionaries that have appeared in recent years.那本词典是近几年来所见到的最有价值的词典之一。

He is the only one of the students who has been a winner of scholarship for three years.他是唯一连续三年获得奖学金的学生。

【考例】 He is the only one of the students who ____ a winner of scholarship for three years. （2002上海春季卷）

A. is

B. are

C. have been

D. has been

【答案】 D

【解析】 “the only one of +复数名词+定语从句”中的先行词是the only one，定语从句中谓语动词用单数形式，又结合时间状语for three years可知应使用现在完成时。

【考例】 She is one of the few girls who ____ in the kindergarten.（1994上海卷）

A. is well paid

B. are well paid

C. is paying well

D. are paying well

【答案】 B

【解析】 在“one of +复数名词+定语从句”中，定语从句的先行词是复数名词，这时定语从句中的谓语动词的数应与复数名词一致，用复数形式。根据句意，应使用被动语态。

巩固练习

1. School safety has set off alarm bells in China with frequent reports of serious accidents ____ students got hurt or killed.

A. in which

B. by which

C. for which

D. that

2. She may have missed the train, ____ case she won't arrive on time.

A. in that

B. in which

C. whose

D. as

3. It was in the stone house ____ was built as a school by local villagers ____ the boy finished his primary school.

A. which; that

B. that; where

C. which; which

D. that; which

4. When you come to China you can't help noticing a “can-do” attitude and a general sense that this is a society ____ is looking ahead.

A. where

B. what

C. that

D. who

5. The good situation came at last ____ we had been expecting in the past two years.

A. where

B. that

C. when

D. in which

6. Last year the Greens moved to Australia, ____ they thought it would be warmer.

A. what

B. where

C. which

D. that

7. At present, many graduates from some famous universities end up with a job ____ they are not suited.

A. which

B. in which

C. at which

D. to which

8. There is somebody waiting for you ____ I think might be one of your classmates.

A. who

B. whom

C. whoever

D. which

9. The Oscar is one of the film prizes ____ offered to any Chinese actor or actress so far.

A. which is not

B. that have not been

C. that has not

D. that has not been

10. She tried every way ____ she could find to solve the problem.

A. how

B. in which

C. that

D. which

11. He made another wonderful discovery, ____ of great importance to science.

A. which I think is

B. which I think it is

C. which I think it

D. I think is

12. Tony will never forget these days ____ she lived in China with her mother, ____ has a great effect on her life.

A. that; which

B. when; which

C. which; that

D. when; that

13. The science of medicine, ____ progress has been very rapid lately, is perhaps the most important of all the sciences.

A. to which

B. in which

C. which

D. with which

14. ____ is known to everyone, the moon travels round the earth once every month.

A. It

B. As

C. That

D. What

15. Stress is everywhere and we are faced with it every day. In fact, stress isn't such a bad thing ____ is often supposed to be.

A. which

B. that

C. what

D. as

16. The train ____ they were travelling was late.

A. in which

B. by which

C. at which

D. to which

17. The hours ____ the children spend in their one-way relationship with television people undoubtedly affected their relationships with real-life people.

A. when

B. that

C. in which

D. on which

18. This summer, part of Southeast China was struck by floods, from ____ effect the people are still suffering.

A. which

B. whose

C. its

D. that

19. Nowadays teenagers like to go to fast food restaurants, ____ as the name suggests, eating doesn't take much time.

A. who

B. where

C. which

D. what

20. Miss Green took up the story at the point ____ the thief had just made off with the jewels.

A. where

B. which

C. as

D. when

21. She said that the building would be finished by October, ____ I doubted very much.

A. that

B. which

C. when

D. this

22. There are two rooms on the first floor, ____ is used as a guest room.

A. a smaller of which

B. a smaller of them

C. the smaller of which

D. the smaller of them

23. This is Mr. White, ____ I think has something interesting to tell you.

A. which

B. whom

C. that

D. who

24. Barbara went to the States a couple of years ago, by ____ time she had learned to dance and act in comedies.

A. which

B. that

C. what

D. whose

25. ____ is often the case with children, Amy was completely better by the time the doctor arrived.

A. Which

B. That

C. As

D. It

26. She'll never forget her stay there ____ she found her son who had gone missing two years before.（2009四川卷）

A. that

B. which

C. where

D. when

27. Life is like a long race ____ we compete with others to go beyond ourselves.（2009重庆卷）

A. why

B. what

C. that

D. where

28. They've won their last three matches, ____ I find a bit surprising actually.（2009辽宁卷）

A. that

B. when

C. what

D. which

29. I was born in New Orleans, Louisiana, a city ____ name will create a picture of beautiful trees and green grass in our mind.（2009湖南卷）

A. which

B. of which

C. that

D. whose

30. — What do you think of teaching, Bob?

— I find it fun and challenging. It is a job ____ you are doing something serious but interesting.（2009北京卷）

A. where

B. which

C. when

D. that

第三节 状语从句十大考点透视

纵观历届高考试题，状语从句一直是考查的热点语法项目之一。高考对状语从句的考查主要体现在对连词的选择以及时态的正确使用。因此，弄清连词的意思，根据语境选用合适的连词，注意主从句时态的呼应是解题的关键。通过研读近几年高考试题，可以发现高考命题人对状语从句的以下十大考点特别青睐。

一、考查时间状语从句

1. 引导时间状语从句的从属连词有when, whenever, as, while, before, after, until（till）, since, as soon as等。

【考例】 We need to get to the root of the problem ______ we can solve it.（2015天津卷）

A. while

B. after

C. before

D. as

【答案】 C

【解析】 句意为：在我们解决问题之前，我们需要找到问题的根源。while意为“当……时候”； after意为“在……之后”；before意为 “在……之前”；as意为“当……时；由于；正如”。根据句意可知应选C项。

【考例】 He smiled politely ____ Mary apologized for her drunken friends.（2012浙江卷）

A. as

B. if

C. unless

D. though

【答案】 A

【解析】 句意为：当玛丽为她醉酒的朋友向他道歉时，他礼貌地微笑着。四个选项均为连词。if意为“如果”，引导条件状语从句；unless意为“除非”，引导条件状语从句；though意为“虽然，尽管”，引导让步状语从句。as引导时间状语从句，表示主从句动作同时发生或前后紧接着发生，常常译为“（正当）……的时候”、“随着……”、“一边……一边……”等，故只有as符合题意。

【考例】 John thinks it won't be long ____ he is ready for his new job.（2010陕西卷）

A. when

B. after

C. before

D. since

【答案】 C

【解析】 所填连词引导时间状语从句，构成It（will）be +时间段+before状语从句，意为“不久，很快……”故选C项。句意为：约翰认为他很快就会为他的新工作做好准备的。

【考例】 — I wonder how much you charge for your services.

— The first two are free ____ the third costs $30.（2009安徽卷）

A. while

B. until

C. when

D. before

【答案】 A

【解析】 while在此用作并列连词，意为“而”，表示对比。

2. 名词词组也可以引导时间状语从句。常见的用作连词的名词词组有the moment / minute / instant, every time, any time, next time, the first / last time等。

【考例】 — Did you remember to give Mary the money you owed her?

— Yes. I gave it to her ____ I saw her.（2001上海春季卷）

A. while

B. the moment

C. suddenly

D. once

【答案】 B

【解析】 the moment意思是“一……就……”，在此引导时间状语从句。

3. immediately, instantly, directly等也可作连词，引导时间状语从句。例如：

The young lady rushed into the room immediately she heard the noise. 那位年轻女士一听到响声就冲进了房间。

I recognized her instantly I saw her. 我一见到她就把她认出来了。

二、考查原因状语从句

引导原因状语从句的从属连词有because, since, as, now that, considering that, seeing that等。

【考例】 —Coach, can I continue with the training?

—Sorry, you can't ____ you haven't recovered from the knee injury.（2012重庆卷）

A. until

B. before

C. as

D. unless

【答案】 C

【解析】 句意为：——教练，我能够继续训练吗？——抱歉，你不能，因为你膝盖的伤还没有恢复。分析题意可知，空格前后有明显的因果关系，故选C项，as可表示原因，引导原因状语从句。而A 项until、B项before和D项unless都需要空格后使用肯定才能与空格前的you can't相符合。

三、考查地点状语从句

表示地点的状语从句可由从属连词where, wherever引导。

【考例】 ____ he once felt like giving up, he now has the determination to push further and keep on going.（2015安徽卷）

A. Where

B. As

C. In case

D. Now that

【答案】 A

【解析】 句意为：在他曾经想放弃的地方，现在他有决心深入推进，继续前行。where意为“在……的地方”；as意为“当……时；由于；正如”；in case意为“以防，万一”；now that意为“既然，由于”。根据句意可知，应该选择where引导地点状语从句。

【考例】 Half an hour later, Lucy still couldn't get a taxi ____the bus had dropped her.（2014重庆卷）

A. until

B. when

C. although

D. where

【答案】 D

【解析】 句意为：半小时以后，露西仍未能从她下公交车的地方打到出租车。本题中的where引导的是一个地点状语从句。A、B项通常引导时间状语从句，C项通常引导让步状语从句。根据句意可知D项正确。

四、考查目的状语从句

表示目的的状语从句可由（so） that, in order that, in case, for fear that等引导。

【考例】 Leave your key with your neighbor ____ you lock yourself out one day.（2012辽宁卷）

A. as long as

B. even though

C. in case

D. as if

【答案】 C

【解析】 句意为：把钥匙留给邻居，以防有一天你把自己锁在门外。in case意思是“以防（万一）”。as long as意为“只要”；even though意为“即使，尽管”；as if意为“似乎，好像”，都不符合句意。

【考例】 He had his camera ready ____ he saw something that would make a good picture.（2011山东卷）

A. even if

B. if only

C. in case

D. so that

【答案】 C

【解析】 考查状语从句中连词的用法。前半句的意思是“他准备好相机”，后半句意为“看到可以拍成漂亮照片的事物”，表示目的。even if引导让步状语从句，if only引导条件状语从句，in case（以免，以防）既能引导条件句又能引导目的状语从句，so that可以引导结果状语从句，也可以引导目的状语从句，但它引导目的状语从句时，常搭配情态动词，故排除。所以答案为C。句意为：他准备好了相机，以便看到可以拍成漂亮照片的事物（可以随时拍下来）。

五、考查结果状语从句

表示结果的状语从句可由so that, so / such... that... 等引导。

【考例】 Pop music is such an important part of society ____ it has even influenced our language. （2007上海卷）

A. as

B. that

C. which

D. where

【答案】 B

【解析】 句意为：流行音乐是社会中如此重要的一部分，甚至会影响到我们的语言。such...that... 意思是“如此……以至于……”。

六、考查条件状语从句

表示条件的状语从句可由连词if, once, so / as long as, as / so far as, unless, suppose / supposing, providing / provided（that）等引导。

【考例】 You won't find paper cutting difficult ____ you keep practicing it.（2015北京卷）

A. even if

B. as long as

C. as if

D. ever since

【答案】 B

【解析】 句意为：只要你不断练习，你就不会觉得剪纸很难。even if意为“即使，虽然”；as long as意为“只要“；as if意为“似乎，好像”；ever since意为“自从”。结合句意可知选择B项。

【考例】 ____ you start eating in a healthier way, weight control will become much easier.（2014天津卷）

A. Unless

B. Although

C. Before

D. Once

【答案】 D

【解析】 句意为：一旦你开始以一种更健康的方式吃饭，控制体重就会变得更加容易。Unless 意为“除非；如果不”；although 意为“尽管”；before 意为“在……之前”；once 意为“一旦；曾经”。本句为条件状语从句，根据句意可知选D。

【考例】 You may use the room as you like ____ you clean it up afterwards.（2009北京卷）

A. so far as

B. so long as

C. in case

D. even if

【答案】 B

【解析】 句意为“只要你用后打扫干净，你可以随意使用这个房间”。

【考例】You won't find paper cutting difficult ______ you keep practicing it.（2015北京卷）

A. even if

B. as long as

C. as if

D. ever since

【答案】B

【解析】句意为：只要你不断练习，你就不会觉得剪纸很难。even if意为“即使，虽然”；as long as意为“只要“；as if“似乎，好像”；ever since“自从”。结合句意可知选择B项。

七、考查让步状语从句

1. 由从属连词though / although, even if / even though引导的让步状语从句。

【考例】 ____ scientists have learned a lot about the universe, there is much we still don't know.（2015安徽卷）

A. Once

B. Since

C. Though

D. Unless

【答案】 C

【解析】 句意为：虽然科学家们已经了解到很多关于宇宙的知识，但是仍然有很多我们未知的东西。once意为“一旦”，表示条件；since意为“因为；既然；自从……以来”；though意为“虽然”，表示让步；unless意为“除非……，否则……”，表示条件。根据句意可知应该选择引导让步状语从句的though。

【考例】 I don't really like the author, ____ I have to admit his books are very exciting.（2014山东卷）

A. although

B. unless

C. until

D. once

【答案】 A

【解析】 前一句意为“我并非真正喜欢这个作者”，后一句意为“我不得不承认他的书很有趣”，这两个句子之间是让步关系，因此选although，意思是“尽管”。

2. 由连词whether / no matter whether引导的让步状语从句。

【考例】 — Dad, I've finished my assignment.

— Good, and ____ you play or watch TV, you mustn't disturb me.（2003上海卷）

A. whenever

B. whether

C. whatever

D. no matter

【答案】 B

【解析】 根据题干出现的可供选择的两个动作play和watch TV可判断出应选whether。

3. 由no matter + wh-或wh- + ever引导的让步状语从句。

【考例】 ____ tomorrow, our ship will set sail for Macao. （2007上海春季卷）

A. However the weather is like

B. However is the weather like

C. Whatever is the weather like

D. Whatever the weather is like

【答案】 D

【解析】 句意为：不管明天天气如何，我们的船都要驶向澳门。be like后缺少表语，应使用whatever引导状语从句。

【考例】 He tried his best to solve the problem, ____ difficult it was.（2005天津卷）

A. however

B. no matter

C. whatever

D although

【答案】 A

【解析】 however意为“不管……”，构成“however + adj. / adv. +主语+谓语”句式。选项B后面少了how；选项C中whatever是连接代词，单独使用或后跟名词；although虽然可以引导让步状语从句，但不构成倒装。

4. as引导让步状语从句时，要把表语、状语（副词）或动词放到主语之前。

【考例】 Hot ____ the night air was, we slept deeply because we were so tired after the long journey.（2012陕西卷）

A. although

B. as

C. while

D. however

【答案】 B

【解析】 句意为：尽管夜晚空气燥热，我们仍然睡得很沉，因为长途旅行之后我们非常疲乏。根据句意可知，空格处所填单词表示“尽管”之意，且引导让步状语从句，由此排除D项；另外，分析句式可以看出，让步状语从句中表语hot被提至句首，而although, while引导的让步状语从句不倒装，故排除A、C两项；however虽然也可以引导让步状语从句，但它所修饰的部分也不能倒装至其前。as引导的让步状语从句必须倒装，即把作表语的形容词或名词、修饰动词的副词或情态动词后的动词原形置于句首。

八、考查比较状语从句

表示比较关系的状语从句常由than或as引导，通常采用省略句的形式。

【考例】 He speaks English well indeed, but of course not ____ a native speaker.（2004上海卷）

A. as fluent as

B. more fluent than

C. so fluently as

D. much fluently than

【答案】 C

【解析】 but并列句是省略说法，完整的句子应是 but of course he doesn't speak so fluently as a native speaker speaks.

九、考查方式状语从句

引导方式状语从句的连词有as, as if, as though, just as, much as等。

【考例】 ____ a single word can change the meaning of a sentence, a single sentence can change the meaning of a paragraph.（2015浙江卷）

A. Just as

B. Even though

C. Until

D. Unless

【答案】 A

【解析】 句意为：正如一个单词可以改变一个句子的意思一样，一个句子也能够改变一个段落的意思。just as意为“正如”，引导方式状语从句；even though意为“即使，尽管”，引导让步状语从句；until意为“直到……才”，引导时间状语从句；unless意为“除非……，否则……”，引导条件状语从句。根据句意可知应该选择引导方式状语从句的just as。

十、考查“连词+分词”的省略用法

分词短语常常可以用在某些连词如since, when, while, whenever, no matter how, once, until, if等之后，可以看作状语从句中的省略现象。

【考例】 It is so cold that you can't go outside ____ fully covered in thick clothes.（2015江苏卷）

A. if

B. unless

C. once

D. when

【答案】 B

【解析】 句意为：天太冷了，你不能出去，除非穿厚厚的衣服，捂得严严实实的。A项意为“如果”；B项意为“除非”；C项意为“一旦”；D项意为“当……时候”。根据句意应该选择unless表示条件。“unless fully covered”为“连词+分词”的省略结构，补充完整为“unless you are fully covered”。故选B项。

【考例】 Every evening after dinner, if not ____ from work, I will spend some time walking my dog.（2009湖南卷）

A. being tired

B. tiring

C. tired

D. to be tired

【答案】 C

【解析】 条件状语从句中的主语与主句主语一致，并且含有be的形式，因此使用了省略的说法，补全后的状语从句为If I am not tired from work。

【考例】 When ____ different cultures, we often pay attention only to the differences without noticing the many similarities.（2006浙江卷）

A. compared

B. being compared

C. comparing

D. having compared

【答案】 C

【解析】 此题非谓语动词的逻辑主语是we, compare是逻辑主语we主动发出的动作，应使用表示主动意义的现在分词。

巩固练习

1. They held a meeting ____ they could hear everyone's ideas.

A. even if

B. until

C. while

D. so that

2. We won't give up ____ we shall fail ten times.

A. even if

B. since

C. whether

D. until

3. ____ you read the instructions, you won't know what to do with this machine.

A. Even

B. Unless

C. Whatever

D. Whenever

4. After the war, a new school building was put up ____ there had once been a theatre.

A. that

B. where

C. which

D. when

5. We have decided to build another middle school in the city, ____ difficulties we may have.

A. how

B. however

C. whatever

D. whichever

6. I couldn't learn English well ____ he gave me some good advice.

A. until

B. as if

C. since

D. if

7. We were about to go back for class again ____ the headmaster called us together.

A. while

B. as

C. when

D. then

8. Remember to send me a photo of your son ____ you write to me.

A. by the time

B. next time

C. immediately

D. as

9. Children are always told to do everything ____ their parents or teachers do.

A. when

B. what

C. which

D. as

10. I was worried when the motor suddenly stopped working, especially ____ no one was in sight in the dark street.

A. that

B. during

C. if

D. as

11. Why do you want a new job ____ you've got such a good job?

A. that

B. where

C. which

D. when

12. ____ you don't lose heart, I'm sure you can pass the coming end-of-term examination.

A.As long as

B. Unless

C. If not

D. Because of

13. ____, her pronunciation is not good.

A. As she speaks fluently

B. Speaks fluently as she

C. She speaks fluently as she

D. Fluently as she speaks

14. It is difficult for any of us to eat better, exercise more and sleep enough, ____we know we should.

A. because

B. even though

C. as if

D. unless

15. He made a mistake, but then he corrected it ____ the situation got worse.

A. until

B. when

C. before

D. as

16. — Did you tell Holmes about what happened to the train?

— No, I didn't. He had rushed off towards the station ____ I could say anything more.

A. before

B. until

C. when

D. as

17. The French football team, the last champion of the world cup, suffered such a defeat ____ the whole world felt greatly shocked.

A. that

B. as

C. after

D. though

18. He was unable to make such progress, ____.

A. as he tried hard

B. as hard he tried

C. so hard did he try

D. hard as he tried

19. — Was his father strict with him when he was at school?

— Yes. He had never praised him ____ he became one of the top students in his grade.

A. after

B. unless

C. until

D. when

20. Kids talk frequently about what they can do, ____ many adults do the opposite, tending to talk about what they can't and why.

A. and

B. so

C. for

D. while

21. ____, the car stopped all at once.

A. Seeing a boy lying on the ground

B. On seeing a boy sitting on the road

C. The driver saw a boy standing on the road

D. The minute the driver saw a boy seated on the road

22. An opportunity is something that, ____, by no means will you get it back.

A. if you lose

B. when lose

C. once lost

D. after losing

23. — ____ she can't find her keys?

— She'll be locked out all night.

— You're right. I'd better call her to check if she's OK.

A. What about

B. What with

C. What if

D. What for

24. The little boy was allowed to go swimming ____ he kept near the other boys.

A. on condition that

B. in case

C. now that

D. by the time

25. How can they learn much ____ they spend so much time hanging out?

A. although

B. when

C. till

D. until

26. These stories expressed the same idea that all individuals, ____ poor, were capable of becoming wealthy ____ they were hardworking and honest.

A. however; ever since

B. no matter how; so long as

C. whatever; in order that

D. no matter what; as long as

27. ____ we can't get the necessary equipment, what would we do?

A. Think

B. Guess

C. Suppose

D. Figure

28. It is rather difficult to make friends with him, but his friendship, ____, is more true than any other's.

A. once gained

B. when to gain

C. after gaining

D. while gaining

29. How long is it ____ we last spent the holiday in the country together?

A. until

B. before

C. since

D. after

30. ____ you want to remember its usage, you'd better make a sentence with the new word.

A. Unless

B. While

C. Now that

D. Even if

第四节 祈使句、感叹句考点

祈使句和感叹句是简单句中的两种重要句式，下面结合高考试题，分别对这两种句式的考点进行归纳总结。

一、祈使句

祈使句通常用来表示命令、请求、禁止、建议、警告等语气，在口语中十分常用。分析历年高考试题，可以看出主要考查以下几点：

1. 考查“祈使句（或名词词组）+and（or或otherwise）+简单句”这一固定结构

主要考查祈使句中动词原形的使用、并列连词and或or / otherwise的选用以及and或or / otherwise并列句中时态的使用等。

【考例】 Give me a chance, ____ I'll give you a wonderful surprise.（2014天津卷）

A. if

B. or

C. and

D. while

【答案】 C

【解析】 本题考查的是“祈使句+连词+陈述句”的特殊句式。该句型相当于：If条件句+主句。故本句相当于：If you give me a chance, I'll give you a wonderful surprise. 在变成祈使句时，如果是一个肯定句，就使用连词and；如果是一个否定句，就使用or。根据句意“给我一个机会，我会给您一个惊喜。”可知应该选择and。

【考例】 If you have a job, ____ yourself to it and finally you'll succeed.（2010四川卷）

A. do devote

B. don't devote

C. devoting

D. not devoting

【答案】 A

【解析】 考查谓语动词的强调及“祈使句+and+简单句”的固定搭配。因前一个句子是if 引导的条件状语从句，因此后面的是主句。此处是祈使句，又因为对谓语动词的强调要借助助动词do，故选A。句意为：如果你有了一份工作，一定要投入其中，最终你会成功。

【考例】 Lose one hour in the morning ____ you'll be looking for it the rest of that day.（2005北京春季卷）

A. but

B. and

C. or

D. so

【答案】 B

【解析】 此题考查and和or的选用。用and说明只要出现前面的条件，就会有后面的结果；or则表示转折。根据句意，答案选B。

2. 考查祈使句与非谓语动词作状语的区别

注意标点符号（如破折号）的功能，牢记常见祈使句的结构，排除非谓语动词的干扰（非谓语动词提前作状语，常用逗号与后面分开，说明后面情况发生的时间、原因、条件、目的等）。

【考例】 ____ at the door before you enter my room, please.（2012北京卷）

A. Knock

B. Knocking

C. Knocked

D. To knock

【答案】 A

【解析】 句意为：进我的房间之前请先敲门。空格后面的before引导的是一个时间状语从句，前面的应该是主句，只有A项才能构成一个祈使句。其他三个选项都是非谓语动词，不能构成句子。

【考例】 Mary, ____ here—everybody else, stay where you are. （2006全国卷I）

A. come

B. comes

C. to come

D. coming

【答案】 A

【解析】 本题考查祈使句的用法。Mary被逗号隔开，是呼语，后面是祈使句，用动词原形开头；破折号后的句子与前面是同样的句式结构。

【考例】 There are eight tips in Dr Roger's lecture on sleep, and one of them is: ____ to bed early unless you think it is necessary.（2004重庆卷）

A. doesn't go

B. not to go

C. not going

D. don't go

【答案】 D

【解析】 unless引导的是条件状语从句，其前应是主句。

3. 考查祈使句的应答语

祈使句的动作是未发生的动作，常用I will来回答其肯定式，表示愿意接受请求或命令；用I won't来回答其否定式。另外，常用All right./OK./Yes, let's.../A good idea.等来回答Let's... 句式，表示接受建议；用You may./You can.等来回答Let's... 句式，表示允许或同意。

【考例】 — Goodbye, John. Come back again sometime.

— Sure. ____.（2012四川卷）

A. I did

B. I do

C. I shall

D. I will

【答案】 D

【解析】 句意为：——再见，约翰。有空再过来吧。——当然，我会的。第一个人说的话为祈使句，相当于“Will you come back again sometime?”，故用“I will.”来回答。

【考例】 — Let's go swimming, shall we?

— ____.（2001上海春季卷）

A. It's my pleasure

B. It doesn't matter

C. Yes, let's go

D. I agree with you

【答案】 C

【解析】 接受对方的邀请，用Yes, let's go.这样的表达方式。

【考例】 — Write to me when you get home.

— ____.（2001北京春季卷）

A. I must

B. I should

C. I will

D. I can

【答案】 C

【解析】 祈使句的肯定答语用I will。

4. 考查祈使句的特殊形式

祈使句的主语通常省略，但有时为了指明向谁请求或命令，也可以说出主语，这时要注意体会语气。

【考例】 — Alice, you feed the bird today, ____?

— But I fed it yesterday. （1999全国卷）

A. do you

B. will you

C. didn't you

D. don't you

【答案】 B

【解析】 本句是向Alice发出请求，带出了主语you。祈使句的反意疑问句用“will you”进行反问。

5. 考查祈使句的反意疑问句

不论祈使句是肯定形式还是否定形式，反意疑问部分通常用will you；但Let's引起的祈使句的反意疑问部分通常用shall we。

【考例】 If you want help—money or anything, let me know, ____ you?（2003上海春季卷）

A. don't

B. will

C. shall

D. do

【答案】 B

【解析】 祈使句的反意疑问句用“will you?”进行反问。

二、感叹句

感叹句通常用来表示快乐、痛苦、惊异等强烈的感情色彩，常见的有how和what开头的两种形式。how用于修饰形容词、副词或动词；what用于修饰名词。

1. How+形容词（副词）+主语+谓语。例如：

How beautiful the flower is! 这花多漂亮啊！

How fluently he speaks English! 他英语说得真流利啊！

2. How修饰动词，构成“How+主语+谓语”句式。例如：

How the wind blows! 风刮得真大啊！

How time flies! 时间过得真快啊！

【考例】 ____ a strange plant! I've never seen it before.（2011辽宁卷）

A. Which

B. What

C. How

D. Whether

【答案】 B

【解析】 感叹句中，修饰名词应使用what，名词前可以有形容词修饰。此题空格处所填词修饰名词plant，故选what。句意为：多么奇怪的植物啊！我以前从来没有看到过。

3.“How+形容词（副词）”（省略主语和谓语）。例如：

How nice! 太好了！

How fast! 太快了！

【考例】 — Guess what! I came across an old friend at the party last night.

— ____ I'm sure you had a wonderful time.（2004辽宁卷）

A. Sounds good!

B. Very well.

C. How nice!

D. All right.

【答案】 C

【解析】 根据语境可知，遇见老朋友“真是太好了!” How nice后省略了it is。

4. What（a） + 名词。例如：

What fun! 真有趣！

5. What（a）+（形容词）名词+主语+谓语。例如：

What a strange feeling it was! 这感觉真奇怪！

【考例】 ____ role she played in the film! No wonder she has won an Oscar.（2002上海春季卷）

A. How interesting

B. How an interesting

C. What interesting

D. What an interesting

【答案】 D

【解析】 修饰名词应使用what，名词前可加形容词作定语，role是可数名词，故选D项。

6. so，no wonder等也可以引起感叹句。

【考例】 — Brad was Jane's brother!

— ____ he reminded me so much of Jane!（2004浙江卷）

A. No doubt

B. Above all

C. No wonder

D. Of course

【答案】 C

【解析】 由句意“Brad是Jane的兄弟”可以推出“难怪他总能让我想起Jane”。

巩固练习

1. ____ clean the water in this river is!

A. What

B. How

C. What a

D. How a

2. ____ progress they have made in studies!

A. How great

B. What a great

C. What great

D. How a great

3. Let him alone, ____?

A. will we

B. won't we

C. will you

D. do you

4. ____ to travel by boat on a hot summer night!

A. How pleasant is

B. So pleasant

C. Such a pleasure

D. How pleasant it is

5. Let's take a rest, ____?

A. will we

B. shall we

C. shan't we

D. won't we

6. ____ he gave you!

A. What good advice

B. How good advice

C. What a good advice

D. How good advices

7. ____ it with me and I'll see what I can do.

A. When left

B. Leaving

C. If you leave

D. Leave

8. Don't be discouraged. ____ things as they are and you will enjoy every day of your life.

A. Taking

B. To take

C. Take

D. Taken

9. — Remember me to your parents.

— I ____.

A. do

B. will

C. can

D. have

10. ____ he had at the zoo yesterday!

A. Such a wonderful time

B. So wonderful a time

C. What a wonderful time

D. So wonderful time

第五节 并列句考点

由并列连词连接、含有两个或更多互不依从的主谓结构的句子叫并列句。综观历届高考试题，对并列句的考查主要涉及以下几种情况。

一、考查表示转折对比关系的并列连词

这类并列句常用并列连词but（但是），yet（可是），while（而，另一方面），however（可是）等连接前后简单句，but常译为“但是”，“可是”，切不可与从属连词though或although一起使用。例如：

It has no mouth, but it can talk. 它没有嘴巴，但是它会说话。

School is over, yet all the teachers are still working. 学校放学了，可是老师们仍然在工作。

He wants to be a writer, while I want to be a scientist. 他想当作家，而我则想当科学家。

It's raining hard outside, however, we must go out. 雨下得很大，然而我们必须出去。

1. but（但是，可是，而，却）

连接两个并列句，有时句中某些词可以省略；连接两个并列成分，可以放在一个句子的句首，后面不接逗号。

【考例】 He is a shy man, ____ he is not afraid of anything or anyone.（2015北京卷）

A. so

B. but

C. or

D. as

【答案】 B

【解析】 句意为：他是一个害羞的人，但是他并不害怕任何事或任何人。so意为“因此”；but意为“但是”；or意为“或者”；as意为“因为”。根据句意，前后两个分句表示转折关系，因此选择but。

【考例】 I was glad to meet Jenny again, ____ I didn't want to spend all day with her.（2013新课标卷II）

A. but

B. and

C. so

D. or

【答案】 A

【解析】 考查并列连词。根据句意“再次见到珍妮我很高兴，但我不想整天都和她在一起。”可知应选择表示转折关系的并列连词but。

2. yet（但是；尽管如此）

可连接两个句子，用逗号分开，也可在yet前加and，还可以放在一个句子的句首。例如：

The car is old, yet it is in good condition. 这辆车旧了，但车况很好。

He's pleasant enough, and yet I don't like him. 他人很好，但我却不喜欢他。

【考例】 Mike was usually so careful, ____ this time he made a small mistake.（2012浙江卷）

A. yet

B. still

C. even

D. thus

【答案】 A

【解析】 句意为：迈克通常很认真，然而这次他犯了个小错误。still意为“仍旧”；even意为“甚至”；thus意为“因此”，均不符合语境，根据前后语意的转折可确定答案为A。此处yet用做连词，表示转折。

3. while（而，但是，可是，却）

【考例】 At school, some students are active ____ some are shy, yet they can be good friends with one another.（2012四川卷）

A. while

B. although

C. so

D. as

【答案】 A

【解析】 句意为：在学校，一些学生很活跃，而一些学生却很腼腆，然而他们都可能彼此成为好朋友。some students are active与some are shy为对比关系，根据句意选择A项，while可以连接并列分句，表对比。

【考例】 I'd like to study law at university ____ my cousin prefers geography.（2007四川卷）

A. though

B. as

C. while

D. for

【答案】 C

【解析】 根据句意“我想在大学学习法律，而我的表弟更愿意学习地理”可知，前后两句话表示转折对比关系，用while连接。

【考例】 We thought there were 35 students in the dinning hall, ____ , in fact, there were 40. （2006全国卷II）

A. while B. whether C. what D. which

【答案】 A

【解析】 根据句意“我们原以为在餐厅里有35名学生，可是事实上那儿有40名”可知，前后两句话表示转折意义，用while连接两个并列句。

二、考查表示因果关系的并列连词

这类并列句常用并列连词for，so等连接前后简单句。

1. for

for在意义上与从属连词because，since和as相同，但它们引导的是原因状语从句，而for则连接两个简单句，前者表示结果，后者表示原因。其结构为：简单句（结果）+for+简单句（原因）。由并列连词for引导的分句只能置于句末，而且必须用逗号与前面的分句隔开。for分句主要是对前一分句补充说明理由或推断原因。for分句不能用来回答why问句。例如：

He has many good friends, for he is an honest man。他有许多好朋友，因为他是个诚实的人。

【考例】 He found it increasingly difficult to read, ____ his eyesight was beginning to fail.（2006北京卷）

A. and

B. for

C. but

D. or

【答案】 B

【解析】 根据句意“他发现读书变得越来越困难了，因为他的视力开始下降了”，并列连词for连接的分句主要是对前一分句补充说明理由或推断原因。

【考例】 A man cannot smile like a child, ____ a child smiles with his eyes, while a man smiles with his lips alone. （2006湖南卷）

A. so

B. but

C. and

D. for

【答案】 D

【解析】 A man cannot smile like a child与a child smiles with his eyes, while a man smiles with his lips alone存在因果关系，后者是前者的原因，故用表示原因的并列连词for。

2. so

so意为“因此”、“所以”，但不能与because同时出现在同一个句子中。因为because是从属连词，而so是并列连词，用来连接并列句。其结构为：简单句（原因） +so+简单句（结果）。例如：

Mr. Li went to his hometown, so Mr. Wang was taking his class instead.李老师回家乡去了，所以王老师替他代课。

【考例】 The shop doesn't open until 11 a.m., ____ it loses a lot of business.（2004北京春季卷）

A. for

B. or

C. but

D. so

【答案】 D

【解析】 根据句意“商店直到11点才开门营业，所以它失去了很多生意”可知，这是一个前因后果的并列句，用so连接。

三、考查表示选择关系的并列连词

这类并列句常用并列连词or（或者，否则），either... or... （或是……或是；不是……就是）等连接前后简单句。

1. or

连接并列成分时，意为“或者，还是”；用于否定句中，意为“也不”，这时不宜用and；还有“否则，要不然”之意，相当于otherwise。

【考例】 You have to move out of the way ____ the truck cannot get past you.（2012全国新课标卷）

A. so

B. or

C. and

D. but

【答案】 B

【解析】 句意为：你别挡道，否则那辆卡车过不去。so意为“因此”；or意为“否则，要不然”；and意为“和，与，而且”；but意为“但是”，根据句意应该选择or。

【考例】 You have failed two tests. You'd better start working harder, ____ you won't pass the course.（2007北京卷）

A. and

B. so

C. but

D. or

【答案】 D

【解析】 根据句意“你最好开始更加努力地学习，否则的话你就通不过这门课程的考试”可知，此处表示“否则，要不然”的意思，应使用or连接。

【考例】 I grew up in Africa, ____ at least I should say that I spent much of the first ten years of my life there.（2006辽宁卷）

A. and

B. or

C. so

D. but

【答案】 B

【解析】 根据句意“我在非洲长大，或者至少应该说我生命中前十年的大部分时间是在那里度过的”可知应选or，意思是“或者”。

2. either... or... （或是……或是；不是……就是）

【考例】 Either you or the headmaster ____ the prizes to those gifted students at the meeting. （1994全国卷）

A. is handing out

B. are to hand out

C. are handing out

D. is to hand out

【答案】 D

【解析】 由连词or, either... or... , neither... nor... , not only... but also..., whether... or... 等连接并列主语时，应采用就近原则，动词与最靠近的主语保持一致。

四、考查表示并列关系的并列连词

1. and（和，同，与，又，并且）

【考例】 Bring the flowers into a warm room ____ they'll soon open.（2011辽宁卷）

A. or

B. and

C. but

D. for

【答案】 B

【解析】 考查“祈使句+and/or+简单句”句式。其中祈使句表示一个条件，并列连词and引导的简单句表示一个较好的结果，or引导的简单句通常表示不好的结果，谓语常用一般将来时。句意为：把这些花拿到一个暖和的房子里，它们很快就会开花。由句意可知本题选B。

【考例】 Stand over there ____ you'll be able to see it better.（2004天津卷）

A. or

B. while

C. but

D. and

【答案】 D

【解析】 考查“祈使句+and / or+简单句”句式。其中祈使句表示一个条件，并列连词and引导的简单句则表示一个较好的结果，谓语常用一般将来时。

2. not only... but also... （不仅……而且……）

【考例】 Not only I but also Jane and Mary ____ tired of having one examination after another. （1989全国卷）

A. is

B. are

C. am

D. be

【答案】 B

【解析】 由连词or, either... or... , neither... nor... , not only... but also..., whether... or... 等连接并列主语时，应采用就近原则，动词与最靠近的主语保持一致。

3. as well as（同，和，也，除……之外）

【考例】 E-mail, as well as telephones, ____ an important part in daily communication. （1999上海卷）

A. is playing

B. have played

C. are playing

D. play

【答案】 A

【解析】 主语后有with / along with / together with / as well as / besides / except / but / like / unlike / rather than / including等+名词或代词时，谓语动词的数应与介词前面的主语一致。

4. neither... nor... （既不……也不……） 例如：

They worked neither for fame nor for personal gains. 他们工作一不为名，二不为利。

5. both... and... （既……又……） 例如：

A man should have both courage and wisdom. 人既要有勇气也要有智慧。

五、考查其他并列连词

1. not... but... （不是……而是……）例如：

It was not the bones of an animal but of a human being. 这不是动物的骨头，而是人的骨头。

【考例】 Reality is not the way you wish things to be, nor the way they appear to be, ____ the way they actually are.（2007湖南卷）

A. as

B. or

C. but

D. and

【答案】 C

【解析】 根据句意“现实不是你希望事情是什么样子，也不是它们看起来是什么样子，而是它们真正的样子”可知，应使用not... but... ，意思是“不是……而是……”。

【考例】 Between the two generations, it is often not their age, ____ their education that causes misunderstanding. （2007全国卷I）

A. like

B. as

C. or

D. but

【答案】 D

【解析】 根据句意“在两代人之间，常常不是他们的年龄，而是他们接受的教育导致了误解”可知，应使用not... but... ，意思是“不是……而是……”。

2. rather than（而不是；与其……宁愿……）

【考例】 Rather than ____ on a crowded bus, he always prefers ____ a bicycle. （1994全国卷）

A.ride; ride

B. riding; ride

C. ride; to ride

D. to ride; riding

【答案】 C

【解析】 将本题还原为正常语序可以清楚地看出是prefer to do... rather than do... 句式。

3. when（正当那时，突然，相当于and just at that time）

【考例】 I had hardly got to the office ____ my wife phoned me to go back home at once.（2012全国大纲卷）

A. when

B. than

C. until

D. after

【答案】 A

【解析】 句意为：我刚到办公室，我妻子就打电话让我立刻回家。hardly... when...是固定句型，意为“刚……就……”。类似的结构还有scarcely... when..., no sooner...than...。以上结构中如果no sooner, hardly, scarcely放在句首时句子用倒装语序。

【考例】 He was about halfway through his meal ____ a familiar voice came to his ears.（2006辽宁卷）

A. why

B. where

C. when

D. while

【答案】 C

【解析】 句中when相当于and just at that time，意思是“突然”。

六、考查并列句中的省略

并列句中，如果后面分句有词和前面分句的词一样，有时可以省略，以避免重复。例如：

I work in a factory and my sister on a farm.（承前省略了work）

She could have applied for that job, but she didn't.（承前省略了apply for that job）

巩固练习

1. Excuse me for breaking in, ____ I have some news for you.

A. so

B. and

C. but

D. yet

2. She set out soon after dark ____ home an hour later.

A. arrived

B. arrives

C. having arrived

D. and arrived

3. Turn the heat down ____ your cake will burn.

A. but

B. or

C. and

D. then

4. It must have rained last night, ____ the ground is all wet.

A. if

B. when

C. for

D. in case

5. ____ many times but he still couldn't understand it.

A. Having been told

B. Though had been told

C. Having told

D. He was told

6. ____, so he didn't come to school last week.

A. Though he was ill

B. Being ill

C. Having been ill

D. He was ill

7. There is plenty of rain in the south ____ there is little in the north.

A. as

B. while

C. when

D. so

8. Tom wanted to play football with his friends in the street, but his father told him ____.

A. not to

B. not to do

C. not do it

D. do not to

9. Mother was cooking ____ father was reading a newspaper.

A. for

B. but

C. when

D. while

10. ____ you ____ he ____ right.

A. Not; but; is

B. Either; or; are

C. Not only; but also; were

D. Not just; but; are

11. — I don't like chicken ____ fish.

— I don't like chicken, ____ I like fish very much.

A. and; and

B. and; but

C. or; and

D. or; but

12. They were surprised that a child should work out the problem ____ they themselves couldn't.

A. once

B. then

C. while

D. if

13. Tom took the first prize, ____ was a wonderful achievement for a small child.

A. and it

B. this

C. that

D. and which

14. They have not enough to eat, they ____ in dirty surroundings, and diseases are common.

A. living

B. to live

C. live

D. lived

15. We're going to the bookstore in John's car. You can come with us ____you can meet us there later.

A. but

B. and

C. or

D. then

16. ____ help if you can, and our country will improve more quickly and better.

A. Giving

B. Give

C. Given

D. To give

17. The students of the music school study ____.

A. music but also some other subjects

B. some other subjects as well as music

C. music as well as some other subjects

D. some other subjects and music

18. ____ does he do his work well, ____ he helps others with their work.

A. Not only; but also

B. Neither; nor

C. Either; or

D. Both; and

19. Information technology is taught in most schools, ____ we have entered the information society.

A. so

B. while

C. still

D. for

20. She is American, ____ she knows little about American history.

A. so

B. yet

C. and

D. therefore

21. It's really very dangerous. One more step, ____ the baby will fall into the well.

A. or

B. so

C. but

D. and

22. Li Fang is very busy, ____ she's always helping others with their lessons.

A. but

B. although

C. so

D. for

23. He must like her, ____ he wouldn't keep calling her.

A. or

B. and

C. but

D. for

24. We will have a meeting next week, but we don't know ____.

A. who

B. where

C. as

D. which

25. — Coffee ____ milk?

— Only milk, please, ____ I used to like coffee.

A. and; and

B. and; but

C. or; and

D. or; but

第三章 特殊句式

第一节 倒装句考点

倒装可分为“全部倒装”和“部分倒装”。句子是全部倒装还是部分倒装往往取决于位于句首的词语。因此，熟记具有倒装要求的标志词是解题的关键。

一、全部倒装

将整个谓语提到主语之前的称为全部倒装。常见的有：

1. 用于“there（here，now，then）+不及物动词+主语”的句型中，或以in, out, down, up, away等副词开头的句子里，以示强调。例如：

There goes the bell. 铃响了。

Now comes your turn. 现在轮到你了。

Out rushed the boy with an apple in his hand. 那个男孩手里拿着一个苹果冲出去了。

【考例】 John opened the door. There ____ he had never seen before.（2010陕西卷）

A. a girl did stand

B. a girl stood

C. did a girl stand

D. stood a girl

【答案】 D

【解析】 here, there, thus, then等副词位于句首，且当句子的主语是名词时，句子要全部倒装，故选D项。本题中第二句的主语a girl被省略关系代词的定语从句he had never seen before所修饰。句意为：约翰打开了门，门口站着一个他从未见过的女孩。

注意：当句子的主语是人称代词时，尽管副词位于句首，主谓语序不倒装。例如：

Out they rushed. 他们冲出去了。

Here he comes. 他来了。

2. 表示方位意义的介词短语或副词短语位于句首作状语且谓语动词为be或表示“位于、存在”的动词或“位置移动”的单个不及物动词时。例如：

From the valley came a frightening sound. 从山谷传来吓人的声音。

South of the city lies a chemical factory. 城南有一家化工厂。

【考例】 At the meeting place of the Yangtze River and the Jialing River ____, one of the ten largest cities in China.（2010重庆卷）

A. lies Chongqing

B. Chongqing lies

C. does lie Chongqing

D. does Chongqing lie

【答案】 A

【解析】 本句由表示方位意义的介词短语位于句首作状语，且谓语动词为表示“位于、存在”的动词，应使用全部倒装语序。

【考例】 At the foot of the mountain ____. （2006四川卷）

A. a village lie

B. lies a village

C. does a village lie

D. lying a village

【答案】 B

【解析】 At the foot of the mountain是表示方位意义的介词短语，位于句首时，句子要使用全部倒装语序。

3. 作表语的形容词、分词、介词短语放在句首时。例如：

Gone are the days when they could do what they liked to the Chinese people. 他们想对中国人怎样就怎样的日子一去不复返了。

Such is her wish. 这就是她的愿望。

Present at the meeting were Professor White and many other guests. 出席会议的有怀特教授和许多其他客人。

二、部分倒装

将谓语的一部分（即情态动词、系动词或助动词）提到主语前的称部分倒装。如果句中没有情态动词、系动词或助动词，谓语只是一个实义动词，要在主语前加助动词do, does或did，主语后的实义动词用原形。常见的有：

1. 当“so（such）... that... ”结构中的so或such位于句首时，构成部分倒装句。

【考例】 So sudden ____ that the enemy had no time to escape.（2009山东卷）

A. did the attack

B. the attack did

C. was the attack

D. the attack was

【答案】 C

【解析】 so... that... 结构中的so位于句首时，构成部分倒装句，本句中attack是名词，故A项错误。

【考例】 — Did you see who the driver was? （2007上海春季卷）

— No, so quickly ____ that I couldn't get a good look at his face.

A. did the car speed by

B. the car sped by

C. does the car speed by

D. the car speeds by

【答案】 A

【解析】 so... that... 结构中的so位于句首时，构成部分倒装句。根据时间关系，应选用过去时，故选A。

2. 由so，neither，nor开头的句子，表示重复前面句子的部分意思（肯定用so，否定用neither或nor），但前后两句的主语不同，该替代句式要部分倒装。

【考例】 The headmaster will not permit the change in the course, nor ____ it a thought.（2012重庆卷）

A. does he even give

B. he even gives

C. will he even give

D. he will even give

【答案】 C

【解析】 句意为：校长将不允许改变课程，他甚至也根本不会考虑这个问题。分析题干可知nor置于句首，后面需使用部分倒装语序，故可排除B、D两项；而A项用了一般现在时态，这与前句中的will不符，故C为正确选项。

【考例】 If Joe's wife won't go to the party, ____. （2007全国卷II）

A. he will either

B. neither will he

C. he neither will

D. either he will

【答案】 B

【解析】 条件状语从句中表示否定意义，主句重复前面句子的部分意思，否定用neither或nor。

【考例】 — My room gets very cold at night.

— ____. （2007 江苏卷）

A. So is mine

B. So mine is

C. So does mine

D. So mine does

【答案】 C

【解析】 重复前面句子的部分意思，肯定用so。并且前一句中使用了实义动词，故用助动词代替。

3. 当具有否定意义的副词或词组（no, not, never, nowhere, hardly, scarcely, rarely, seldom, little, by no means, in no case/way, at no time等）位于句首时，要用部分倒装，这是近年来高考测试的热点。

【考例】 Not once _______ to Michael that he could one day become a top student in his class.（2013湖南卷）

A. occurred it

B. it did occur

C. it occurred

D. did it occur

【答案】 D

【解析】 否定词（短语）放于句首时，句子要使用部分倒装语序。Not位于句首，应将表示过去时的助动词did放于主语it之前。故选D项。

【考例】 Never before ____ seen anybody who can play tennis as well as Robert.（2012江西卷）

A. had she

B. she had

C. has she

D. she has

【答案】 C

【解析】 句意为：她以前从未见过网球打得和罗伯特一样好的人。never是否定副词，位于句首时，所在的句子要用部分倒装语序。从空格后面的can可以看出是描写现在的情况，故用现在完成时。

【考例】 We laugh at jokes, but seldom ____ about how they work.（2010四川卷）

A. we think

B. think we

C. we do think

D. do we think

【答案】 D

【解析】 seldom为否定副词，位于句首时，用部分倒装，故选D项。句意为：我们因笑话而笑，但很少去思考笑话是怎样让我们发笑的。

4. 某些具有否定意义的固定结构，如not only... but （also）... , hardly... when... , no sooner... than... 等开头连接句子时，第一个分句的主谓要部分

倒装。

【考例】 — Did Linda see the traffic accident?

— No, no sooner ____ than it happened.（2006天津卷）

A. had she gone

B. she had gone

C. has she gone

D. she has gone

【答案】 A

【解析】 no sooner... than... 连接句子时，第一个分句的主谓要部分倒装，并且该结构的动词时态非常固定，no sooner后面常用过去完成时，than后面用一般过去时。

【考例】 The computer was used in teaching. As a result, not only ____, but students became more interested in the lessons.（2009全国卷I）

A. saved was teachers' energy

B. was teachers' energy saved

C. teachers' energy was saved

D. was saved teachers'energy

【答案】 B

【解析】 not only... but （also）... 连接句子时，第一个分句的主谓要部分倒装。

注意：not until引导的从句位于句首时，not until的从句不倒装，主句倒装。

【考例】 Not until I came home last night ____ to bed.（2009四川卷）

A. Mum did go B. did Mum go C. went Mum D. Mum went

【答案】 B

【解析】 not until引导的从句位于句首时，not until的从句不倒装，主句使用部分倒装语序。

5. only位于句首，修饰副词、介词短语或状语从句时，要用部分倒装。注意：only修饰状语从句时，主句倒装，从句不倒装；only修饰主语时，则不用倒装语序。

【考例】 Only when Lily walked into the office ____ that she had left the contract at home.（2015天津卷）

A. she realized

B. has she realized

C. she has realized

D. did she realize

【答案】 D

【解析】 句意为：当莉莉走进办公室的时候，她才意识到把合同忘在家里了。本题考查only位于句首，修饰when引导的时间状语从句时，主句要用部分倒装语序，排除A、C项。根据从句的时态和句意可知应该选择D项。

【考例】 Only when you can find peace in your heart ____ good relationships with others.（2014湖南卷）

A. will you keep

B. you will keep

C. you kept

D. did you keep

【答案】 A

【解析】 “only+状语从句”位于句首时，主句用部分倒装语序，即将主句谓语中的助动词、系动词或情态动词提到主句的主语前。根据从句中的can可知主句用一般将来时，故选A项。

【考例】 Only after Mary read her composition the second time ____ the spelling mistake. （2012天津卷）

A. did she notice

B. she noticed

C. does she notice

D. she has noticed

【答案】 A

【解析】 句意为：只有当玛丽再次读她的作文之后，她才注意到这个拼写错误。“only+状语从句”位于句首时，主句需用部分倒装语序。after引导的是时间状语从句；only放在句首，所以主句要用部分倒装形式，可排除B、D两项。而且根据语境可知read和notice都是过去发生的动作，所以答案为A。

6. 当if引导的从句用虚拟语气时，可以把if省去，把从句中的were，had，should等放在从句前面，构成部分倒装。

【考例】 ____ fired, your health care and other benefits will not be immediately cut off.（2006湖北卷）

A. Would you be

B. Should you be

C. Could you be

D. Might you be

【答案】 B

【解析】 根据句意可知，前面应该是一个与将来事实相反的虚拟条件句，构成是should +do 或were to + do。省略if后要使用部分倒装语序。只有B项符合要求。

【考例】 What would have happened ____, as far as the river bank? （2001上海卷）

A. Bob had walked farther

B. if Bob should walk farther

C. had Bob walked farther

D. if Bob walked farther

【答案】 C

【解析】 根据句意可知，这是一个与过去事实相反的虚拟语气的复合句，其构成是：条件状语从句中谓语动词用过去完成时，主句中用would / could /should... +完成时。省略if后使用部分倒装语序，只有C项符合。

7. 当as / though引导让步状语从句时，可出现“名词/形容词/副词/分词+ as +主语+动词”或“动词+ as +主语+助动词”的倒装形式。当表语是名词时，名词前不加任何冠词。例如：

Child as he is, he knows a lot. 尽管他是个孩子，他懂得很多。

Try as he would, he might fail again. 尽管他努力尝试了，他还可能失败。

【考例】 Unsatisfied ____ with the payment, he took the job just to got some work experience.（2009重庆卷）

A. though was he

B. though he was

C. he was though

D. was he though

【答案】 B

【解析】 though此处引导让步状语从句，分词可放在though的前面，此时主谓不倒装。

【考例】 ____, his idea was accepted by all the people at the meeting. （2007重庆卷）

A. Strange as might it sound

B. As it might sound strange

C. As strange it might sound

D. Strange as it might sound

【答案】 D

【解析】 as引导让步状语从句时，应使用“名词/形容词/副词/分词+ as +主语+动词”的倒装形式。故D项正确。

【考例】 ____, he talks a lot about his favorite singers after class.（2005重庆卷）

A. A quiet student as he may be

B. Quiet student as he may be

C. Be a quiet student as he may

D. Quiet as he may be a student

【答案】 B

【解析】 as / though引导让步状语从句时，可出现“名词/形容词/副词/分词+ as +主语+动词”的倒装形式。当表语是名词时，名词前不加任何冠词。故A项错误。

【考例】 ____, Carolina couldn't get the door open. （2005广东卷）

A. Try as she might

B. As she might try

C. She might as try

D. Might she as try

【答案】 A

【解析】 as / though引导让步状语从句时，可出现“动词+ as +主语+助动词”的倒装形式。

8. 当however, no matter how引导让步状语从句时，常把“however / no matter how +形容词/副词”放在句首，此时主谓不倒装。

【考例】 ____ hard you try, it is difficult to lose weight without cutting down the amount you eat.（2012湖南卷）

A. However

B. Whatever

C. Whichever

D. Whenever

【答案】 A

【解析】 句意为：无论你多么努力地尝试，如果不减少你的食量，减肥是很困难的。由空格后的副词hard可知，此处应该用however / no matter how hard，表示“无论多么努力”。

巩固练习

1. ____ got on the train when it started to move.

A. Scarcely I had

B. Scarcely had I

C. No sooner I had

D. No sooner had I

2. Not only ____ about the food, he also refused to pay for it.

A. the customer complained

B. when the customer complained

C. did the customer complain

D. the customer did complain

3. All animals need air. ____.

A. So plants do

B. So need plants

C. So do plants

D. Plants are so

4. If Bob's wife doesn't agree to sign the papers, ____.

A. neither he will

B. neither won't he

C. neither will he

D. he won't neither

5. Only if he helps us ____.

A. can we succeed

B. we succeeded

C. we may succeed

D. we can succeed

6. He can hardly drive a car, ____.

A. so can't I

B. I can't either

C. I can't too

D. neither can I

7. Mrs. Jones does not like shopping, ____.

A. and she does like gardening

B. nor she does like gardening

C. or does she like gardening

D. nor does she like gardening

8. ____ from the tenth floor when the policeman pointed his pistol at him!

A. Jumped down the burglar

B. Down jumped the burglar

C. The burglar jumped down

D. Down the burglar jumped

9. No sooner had the bell rung ____.

A. when the class began

B. while the class was beginning

C. then the class began

D. than the class began

10. ____, mother will wait for him to have dinner together.

A. However late is he

B. However he is late

C. However is he late

D. However late he is

11. Not until I began to work ____ how much time I had wasted.

A. didn't I realize

B. did I realize

C. I didn't realize

D. I realized

12. ____, I would have given you his address.

A. If you asked me

B. You had asked me

C. Should you have asked me

D. Had you asked me

13. ____ that they had made an important discovery in science.

A. Little they realized

B. They had realized little

C. Little did they realize

D. Little had they realized

14. ____ that I couldn't be absorbed in the work.

A. They made such talked

B. So loudly they talked

C. It was noise outside

D. Such a loud noise did they make

15. Not only ____ a promise, but he also kept it.

A. had he made

B. he had made

C. did he make

D. he makes

16. His mother had talked to him for many minutes while he was watching TV, but ____.

A. a little did he hear

B. little did he hear

C. little heard he

D. a little heard he

17. During the war, ____ but also he lost his wife and his child.

A. not was his job in the lab taken away

B. not only was his job in the lab taken away

C. not merely his job in the lab was taken away

D. not just was taken away his job in the lab

18. — We have to stop talking here outside. Listen! ____.

— Hurry up, or we'll be late.

A. There goes the bell

B. There does the bell go

C. There the bell goes

D. Goes the bell there

19. I think this is the first time that we have met. ____ anywhere.

A. Before have we never seen each other

B. Never before we have seen each other

C. Each other have we seen never before

D. Never before have we seen each other

20. She didn't come to the party last Sunday. ____, she must have made the party more exciting.

A. If she came

B. Would she come

C. Had she come

D. Did she come

21. I received his mother's telephone call at eleven. ____ that he was badly hurt in an accident yesterday.

A. Then did I know

B. Only then I knew

C. Only then did I know

D. Only then knew I

22. — The old man wouldn't stay at home for a rest even if it rained.

— ____. He would feel sick if he stayed home for one day.

A. So would my grandpa

B. So wouldn't my grandpa

C. Neither would my grandpa

D. Nor wouldn't my grandpa

23. By no means ____ to our plan for the trip.

A. will she agree

B. she will agree

C. agrees she

D. will agree she

24. The child tiptoed quietly to the bird. ____ into the forest when he was about to catch it.

A. Flew it away

B. Away flew it

C. Away it flew

D. Flew away it

25. Little Tom is an orphan. ____, he has to make a living by himself.

A. A child as he is

B. Child as he is

C. Child as is he

D. A child though he is

26. ____ that we couldn't catch up with him.

A. So fast he ran

B. So fast did he run

C. So fast ran he

D. Such fast did he run

27. We have been on duty for four hours and ____.

A. now comes your turn

B. now does your turn come

C. now your turn comes

D. comes now your turn

28. Between the two mounts ____ and they decide to build a ropeway（索道）.

A. lies a very deep valley

B. does a very deep valley lie

C. a very deep valley lies

D. a very deep valley lays

29. They went into a small house but ____.

A. no persons did they find

B. not a person found they

C. not a person did they find

D. not a person they found

30. Only since they gave up that good chance ____ to show their invention again.

A. have they had no chance

B. they have had no chance

C. they have no chance

D. have they no chance

第二节 省略句考点

无论在口语中还是在书面语中，有时为了讲话简洁或行文方便，常常将句子中的某些成分略去，这种现象称为“省略”。下面结合高考试题，直击“省略”考点，力求还其本来面目。

一、考查不定式的省略

在同一个句子或联系紧密的对话中，为了避免重复，作宾语或补足语的不定式再次出现时，不定式符号to后面的内容常常被省略，只保留不定式符号to。这种情况常用于动词refuse, would like / love, wish, want, hope, expect, intend以及形容词afraid, happy, glad, willing, ready等之后。

【考例】 The driver wanted to park his car near the roadside but was asked by the police ____.（2013新课标I）

A. not to do

B. not to

C. not do

D. do not

【答案】 B

【解析】 考查不定式的省略。句意为：这个司机想把车停靠在路边，但警察让他别那样做。ask sb. not to do sth.的被动式为sb. be asked not to do sth.。其中do即为前文的park，故省略，仅保留不定式符号to。故选B项。

【考例】 — What's the matter with Della?

— Well, her parents wouldn't allow her to go to the party, but she still ____.（2009江苏卷）

A. hopes to

B. hopes so

C. hopes not

D. hopes for

【答案】 A

【解析】 hopes to后承前省略了go to the party。

注意：如果承前省略的不定式后有be或作助动词的have时，不定式符号to后要保留be或have。例如：

— Are you a teacher? 你是老师吗？

— No, but I used to be. 不是，可我以前当过老师。

【考例】 In my opinion, life in the twenty-first century is much easier than ____. （2007安徽卷）

A. that used to be

B. it is used to

C. it was used to

D. it used to be

【答案】 D

【解析】 根据句意“21世纪的生活比过去更安逸”可知，应使用used to，than后完整的句子应该是it used to be easy，省略后保留be；be used to意思是“习惯于”，与句意不符。

二、考查替代省略

用it, one, that替代句子中重复出现的名词、代词或句子；用so, neither / nor引起的分句，表示前面的情况也适用于后者。

【考例】 Little joy can equal ____ of a surprising ending when you read stories. （2007四川卷）

A. that

B. those

C. any

D. some

【答案】 A

【解析】 用that代替前文出现的不可数名词joy，以避免重复。

【考例】 — My room gets very cold at night.（2007江苏卷）

— ____.

A. So is mine

B. So mine is

C. So does mine

D. So mine does

【答案】 C

【解析】 由so，neither，nor开头的句子，表示重复前面句子的部分意思（肯定用so，否定用neither或nor），但前后两句的主语不同，该替代句式要用省略倒装。

【考例】 If Joe's wife won't go to the party, ____.（2007全国卷II）

A. he will either

B. neither will he

C. he neither will

D. either he will

【答案】 B

【解析】 英语中常用so（肯定）, neither / nor（否定）引起的分句，表示前面的情况也适用于后者。

三、考查答语中的省略

1. 有时可用so或not作替代语，替代前面已表达过的意思，以避免重复前面所说的内容。这种情况可用于动词think, believe, hope, suppose, expect, guess, imagine以及be afraid, of course, certainly, perhaps等后面。

【考例】 — You should apologize to her, Barry.

—____, but it's not going to be easy. （2007浙江卷）

A. I suppose so

B. I feel so

C. I prefer to

D. I like to

【答案】 A

【解析】 根据句意可知Barry认为的确应该道歉，但又觉得这不是一件容易的事。替代前面已表达过的意思可用suppose后加so的省略说法。

【考例】 — You haven't lost the ticket, have you?

— ____. I know it's not easy to get another one at the moment.（2004江苏卷）

A. I hope not

B. Yes, I have

C. I hope so

D. Yes, I'm afraid so

【答案】 A

【解析】 根据句意可知，现在很难再弄到一张票，因此当然希望没丢那张票。“I hope not.”是“I hope I haven't lost the ticket.”的省略说法。

2. 含有情态动词的答语中可以使用省略回答，只保留情态动词；情态动词后有be或作助动词的have时，保留be或have。

【考例】 — I don't mind telling you what I know.

— You ____. I'm not asking you for it.（2004江苏卷）

A. mustn't

B. may not

C. can't

D. needn't

【答案】 D

【解析】 从下文“我没有向你问这件事”可知前面回答“你没必要告诉我”。You needn't后省略了tell me what you know。

【考例】 — Excuse me. Is this the right way to the Summer Palace?

— Sorry , I am not sure. But it ____ be.（2004湖北卷）

A. might

B. will

C. must

D. can

【答案】 A

【解析】 前文说“对不起，我不是很有把握”，后面话锋一转，“但是有可能是去颐和园的路”。But it might be后省略了the right way to the Summer Palace。

3. 疑问句中的省略回答

【考例】 — Will you join us in the game?

— Thank you, ____（2007江西卷）

A. but why not?

B. but I'd rather not.

C. and I won't.

D. and I'll join.

【答案】 B

【解析】 but I'd rather not.是but I'd rather not join you in the game.的省略说法。

4. 祈使句中的省略回答

【考例】 — Write to me when you get home.

— ____.（2001北京春季卷）

A. I must

B. I should

C. I will

D. I can

【答案】 C

【解析】 I will后省略了write to you when I get home。

四、考查并列句中的省略

两个并列分句中，后一个分句常省略与前一个分句中相同的部分。

【考例】 One of the sides of the board should be painted yellow, and ____.

（2000北京春季卷）

A. the other is white

B. another white

C. the other white

D. another is white

【答案】 C

【解析】 the other white是the other side should be painted white的省略说法。若选择A项，意思是“另一面是白色的”，与句意不符。

五、考查状语从句中的省略

1. 在时间、条件、让步状语从句中，如果从句的主语和主句的主语相同或者从句中的主语是it，从句中谓语动词又含有be的某一种形式时，可以省略从句中的主语和be。

【考例】 Film has a much shorter history, especially when ____ such art forms as music and painting.（2012全国新课标卷）

A. having compared to

B. comparing to

C. compare to

D. compared to

【答案】 D

【解析】 句子的主语是film，它和compare之间是被动关系，所以要用被动形式，因此只能选择D项。“when compared to...”相当于when引导的状语从句的省略形式，补全后为：when it is compared to...，注意状语从句中的这种省略必须以主从句的主语一致且从句中有be动词为条件。句意为：电影的历史短得多，尤其是与诸如音乐、绘画等艺术形式相比较时。

【考例】 The experiment shows that proper amounts of exercise, if ____ regularly, can improve our health.（2010浙江卷）

A. being carried out

B. carrying out

C. carried out

D. to carry out

【答案】 C

【解析】 考查if条件句中的省略情况。完整形式是：if it is carried out...。句意为：这项实验表明，适当的运动，如果有规律地进行，能使我们更加健康。

2. 在比较状语从句中，常在as或than引导的分句中省略某些与主句相同的成分，有时甚至省略整个as / than从句。

【考例】 My uncle's house in the downtown area is much smaller than ours, but it is twice ____ expensive.（2009四川卷）

A. as

B. so

C. too

D. very

【答案】 A

【解析】 but并列句是省略说法，完整的句子应是but it is twice as expensive as ours。

【考例】 He speaks English well indeed, but of course not ____ a native speaker.（2004上海卷）

A. as fluent as

B. more fluent than

C. so fluently as

D. much fluently than

【答案】 C

【解析】 but并列句是省略说法，完整的句子应是 but of course he doesn't speak so fluently as a native speaker speaks。

六、考查虚拟条件句中的省略

如果在条件句中含有were, had或should，可将if省略，然后将were, had或should移至主语之前，构成省略倒装句。

【考例】 ____ fired, your health care and other benefits will not be immediately cut off.（2006湖北卷）

A. Would you be

B. Should you be

C. Could you be

D. Might you be

【答案】 B

【解析】 此题考查虚拟语气的条件状语从句省略if后的倒装语序。根据句意，条件句是对将来的一种虚拟，句中谓语动词应使用should / were to +动词原形，省略if后应把were或should提前。

巩固练习

1. Tom wanted to play football with his friends in the street, but his father told him ____.

A. not to

B. not to do

C. not do it

D. do not to

2. — Do you think Jack is going to watch a football match this weekend?

— ____.

A. I believe not

B. I believe not so

C. I don't believe it

D. I don't believe

3. — What do you think made the girl so glad?

— ____ a beautiful necklace.

A. As she received

B. Receiving

C. Received

D. Because of receiving

4. Father advised me not to say anything until ____ at the meeting.

A. asking

B. to ask

C. asked

D. ask

5. — Have you watered the flowers?

— No, but ____.

A. I am

B. I'm going

C. I'm just going to

D. I will go

6. — He hasn't gone to the office up to now.

— Well, he ____.

A. should

B. ought to

C. ought to go

D. ought to have

7. — The war against Taiwan is very likely to break out in the near future.

— I ____ if the situation goes as it is.

A. hope so

B. hope not

C. am afraid not

D. am afraid so

8. — You ought to have given them some advice.

— ____, but who cared what I said?

A. So ought you

B. So I ought

C. So I did

D. So did you

9. The man we followed suddenly stopped and looked as if ____ whether he was going in the right direction.

A. seeing

B. having seen

C. to see

D. to have seen

10. Mother told me to play with our little guest, ____, though unwillingly.

A. so did I

B. I didn't

C. so I did

D. neither I did

11. — Can I see you at 3:00 p.m. next Monday?

— I ____. I will have flown to New York long before then.

A. am afraid not

B. am afraid so

C. am afraid to

D. am afraid not to

12. — Is that a book on farming? If so, I want to borrow ____.

— Yes, it is.

A. this

B. it

C. one

D. the one

13. ____, I will help you with your work.

A. If I am possible

B. If it possible

C. If possible

D. Possible

14. — How are you getting on with your work?

— Oh, I'm sorry. Things aren't going so well as ____.

A. plans

B. planning

C. planned

D. to plan

15. — Are you a teacher?

— No, but I ____. I worked in a middle school for three years.

A. used to

B. used to be

C. used to do

D. was used to

16. — Are there any English story books for us students in the library?

— There are only a few, ____.

A. if any

B. if there

C. if some

D. if has

17. — Why didn't you come to Mike's birthday party yesterday?

— Well, I ____, but I forgot it.

A. should

B. must

C. should have

D. must have

18. — Have you ever been to Shanghai?

— ____.

A. Not yet

B. Haven't

C. Yet not

D. Still not

19. — Be sure to get up earlier tomorrow morning.

— ____. I'll be as early as a bird.

A. OK. I will

B. I'm afraid I can

C. Of course not

D. No, I will

20. — What's the matter with you?

— I didn't pass the test, but I still ____.

A. hope so

B. hope to

C. hope it

D. hope that

21. — Is she really ill?

—____. She's in hospital.

A. I hope so B. I'm sure C. I don't think so D. I'm afraid so

22. — You look happy today, Mary.

— I like my new dress and Mother ____, too.

A. likes

B. does

C. is

D. do

23. — Who's got all my money?

— He ____.

A. does

B. is

C. was

D. has

24. They got to Beijing earlier ____.

A. as we did

B. as we do

C. than we did

D. than we were

25. — Would you like to have a try once again?

— ____.

A. Yes, I like

B. No, I don't like it

C. Yes, I want very much

D. Yes, I'd like to

26. — Are you angry?

— Yes. He should at least answer when ____.

A. speaking

B. spoken to

C. spoken

D. speaking to

27. — How about the price of these refrigerators?

— They're equal in price to, if not cheaper than, ____ at the other stores.

A. others

B. it

C. that

D. the ones

28. — Why didn't you come to join her party?

— Sorry, I ____, but I had an unexpected friend.

A. would do

B. should

C. would have

D. was going to have

29. — I hear Mr. Zhang was badly injured in the accident.

— ____, let's go to see him.

A. If such

B. If so

C. If not

D. If any

30. ____, the experiment will be successful.

A. If carefully doing

B. If did carefully

C. If carefully done

D. If doing carefully

第三节 强调结构考点

强调结构（It is / was +被强调部分+ that / who... ）由于其实用性强、易与其他句型结合、变化形式多而受到命题者的青睐。下面结合高考试题，对强调结构的常见考查方式进行破解，希望能帮助同学们攻克这一语法现象。

一、考查强调结构的基本形式

强调结构的基本形式是It is / was +被强调部分 + that / who... ，可以用来强调主语、宾语、状语等，不能强调谓语动词。例如：

It is I who / that am wrong.（强调主语）

It was Li Lei that I met in the park yesterday.（强调宾语）

It was in the park that I met Li Lei yesterday.（强调地点状语）

It was yesterday that I met Li Lei in the park.（强调时间状语）

【考例】 It's not doing the things we like, but liking the things we have to do ____ makes life happy.（2014湖南卷）

A. that

B. which

C. what

D. who

【答案】 A

【解析】 句意为：并不是做我们喜欢的事，而是喜欢上我们不得不做的事才能让生活幸福。将It's和空格去掉后，“not doing the things we like, but liking the things we have to do”为主语，与空格后的部分构成了完整的句子，故判断为强调句型考点，锁定A项。强调句型结构为“It is/was +被强调部分+ that/who+句子其他部分”，其中不管“被强调部分”是什么词均可使用that，而只有“被强调部分”为人时才能用who。

【考例】 It was after the invention of printing ____ to publish large numbers of books and pictures.（2005上海卷）

A. were people able

B. that people were able

C. when were people able

D. people were able

【答案】 B

【解析】 此题强调句子中的时间状语，还原后句子为：After the invention of printing people were able to publish large numbers of books and pictures.

【考例】 It was in New Zealand ____ Elizabeth first met Mr. Smith. （2008全国卷II）

A. that

B. how

C. which

D. when

【答案】 A

【解析】 此题强调句子中的状语in New Zealand，还原后句子为：Elizabeth first met Mr. Smith in New Zealand.

二、考查强调结构的一般疑问句形式

强调结构的一般疑问句句型为：Is / Was it +被强调部分+ that / who... ？

【考例】 Was it because Jack came late for school ____ Mr. Smith got angry?（2014四川卷）

A. why

B. who

C. where

D. that

【答案】 D

【解析】 本题考查的是强调句的一般疑问句。被强调的部分为原因状语从句because Jack came late for school，故选that。句意为：是不是因为杰克上学迟到了，史密斯老师才生气的？

【考例】 Was ____ that I saw last night at the concert? （1995上海卷）

A. it you

B. not you

C. you

D. yourself

【答案】 A

【解析】 此题考查强调结构的一般疑问句形式Is / Was it +被强调部分+ that / who... ？还原为陈述语序后句子结构就非常清楚了：It was you that I saw last night at the concert.

三、考查强调结构的特殊疑问句形式

强调结构的特殊疑问句句型为：特殊疑问词（Who / What / When / Where / Why / How... ）+ is / was it that... ？例如：

Where was it that she saw you last time?

How was it that he came here?

What is it that you want me to do?

Why was it that Li Lei came late again?

这类强调结构置于从句中时应使用陈述语序：

The question is who it is that we can trust.

He asked which picture it was that we should send to her as a present.

【考例】 I just wonder ____ that makes him so excited.（2006山东卷）

A. why it does

B. what he does

C. how it is

D. what it is

【答案】 D

【解析】 此题考查对特殊疑问句的强调，强调了在宾语从句中作主语的特殊疑问词what。还原后的句子为：I just wonder what makes him so excited.

【考例】 — ____ that he managed to get the information?

— Oh, a friend of his helped him.（2005山东卷）

A. Where was it

B. What was it

C. How was it

D. Why was it

【答案】 C

【解析】 此题考查对特殊疑问句的强调，强调了作方式状语的特殊疑问词how。还原后的句子为：How did he manage to get the information?

四、考查表推测的情态动词与be连用的强调结构

表示推测的情态动词can / may / must / might可与be结合形成It must / may / might be / have been... that... 和It can't be / have been... that... 强调句型。例如：

It might be his sister that he is worried about.

It can't have been Tom who broke the window.

高考尚未涉及对含有表推测的情态动词的强调结构的考查，应引起大家注意。

【预测题】 Can it be in the drawer ____ you put your keys?

A. where

B. that

C. which

D. in which

【答案】 B

【解析】 考查表推测的情态动词与be连用的强调结构。

五、考查对not... until... 句式的强调

对not... until... 句式的强调有固定的句型，即It is / was not until... that... 。

【考例】 Bach died in 1750, but it was not until the early 19th century ____ his musical gift was fully recognized.（2015重庆卷）

A. while

B. though

C. that

D. after

【答案】 C

【解析】 句意为：巴赫死于1750年，但是直到19世纪初他的音乐天赋才被完全认可。本题考查强调句，强调的是 until 引导的时间状语从句，应使用固定的强调结构“It was not until... that...”，故选C项。

【考例】 It was not until I came here ____ I realized this place was famous for not only its beauty but also its weather.（2012湖南卷）

A. who

B. that

C. where

D. before

【答案】 B

【解析】 句意为：直到我来到这里才意识到，这个地方不仅以它的美丽闻名，而且以它的天气闻名。这里是考查强调句型：It is+被强调部分+that...，本题强调的是时间状语从句。注意中文“直到……才……”用until表达常有以下三种形式：not...until；Not until（否定的状语位于句首，后面的主句谓语用倒装结构）；It is not until...that...（强调句型）。所以，本题也可以表达如下：I did not realize this place was famous for not only its beauty but also its weather until I came here.（正常结构）；Not until I came here did I realize this place was famous for not only its beauty but also its weather.（倒装结构）。

【考例】 It ____ we had stayed together for a couple of weeks ____ I found we had a lot in common. （2007 浙江卷）

A. was until; when

B. was until; that

C. wasn't until; when

D. wasn't until; that

【答案】 D

【解析】 根据句意“直到我们一起待了几个星期我才发现我们有很多共同点”可知，这是对not... until... 句式的强调，应使用固定的强调句型It is / was not until... that... 。

六、考查强调句型的反意疑问句及答语

强调句型的反意疑问句及回答应与It is / was... that... 结构保持一致。

【考例】 — Wasn't it Dr. Wang who spoke to you just now?

— ____.（1996上海卷）

A. I didn't know he was

B. Yes, it was

C. No, he wasn't

D. Yes, he did

【答案】 B

【解析】 强调句型的反意疑问句的答语应与It is / was... that... 结构保持一致。

七、考查对各种从句的强调

1. 强调状语从句

【考例】 It was when we were returning home ____ I realized what a good feeling it was to have helped someone in trouble.（2015湖南卷）

A. which

B. that

C. where

D. how

【答案】 B

【解析】 句意为：正是在我们回家的时候我才意识到为身处困境的人提供帮助是一种多么好的感觉。该句去掉It was...that...结构后，剩下的仍然是一个意义完整的句子，因此可以判断这是一个含有强调结构的句子。本题强调时间状语从句when we were returning home，故填强调结构的that。

2. 强调名词性从句

【考例】 I don't mind her criticizing me, but ____ is how she does it that I object to. （2007江西卷）

A. it

B. that

C. this

D. which

【答案】 A

【解析】 此题强调宾语从句，还原后句子为：I don't mind her criticizing me, but I object to how she does it.

【考例】 It is not who is right but what is right ____ is of importance. （2007重庆卷）

A. which

B. it

C. that

D. this

【答案】 C

【解析】 此题强调主语从句，还原后句子为：Not who is right but what is right is of importance.

八、考查强调结构与其他相似结构的区别

强调结构与其他含有it 的结构非常相似，很容易混淆。区别的办法是：去掉 It is / was... that... 结构后句子依然成立的是强调结构。

1. 与定语从句的区别

1） It was in Qingdao that he met the famous writer.

2） It was Qingdao where he met the famous writer.

句1）是强调句型，强调的是地点状语in Qingdao，该句可还原为He met the famous writer in Qingdao.

句2）为含有一个定语从句的主从复合句，where引导的定语从句修饰先行词Qingdao，不可用that。

2. 与主语从句的区别

1） It is the Great Wall that they are going to visit next week.

2） It is true that they are going to visit the Great Wall next week.

句1）为强调句型，强调的是宾语the Great Wall，该句可还原为They are going to visit the Great Wall.

句2）为含有一个主语从句的主从复合句，that引导的从句是句子的真正主语，it为形式主语。

3. 与状语从句的区别

1） It was at ten that he came to see me.

2） It was ten when he came to see me.

句1）为强调句型，强调的是时间状语at ten，该句可还原为He came to see me at ten.

句2）为含有时间状语从句的主从复合句。

【考例】 It was the middle of the night _____ my father woke me up and told me to watch the football game.（2014江西卷）

A. that

B. as

C. which

D. when

【答案】 D

【解析】 本句中的when引导的是一个时间状语从句。句意为：半夜父亲把我叫醒，并叫我看足球赛。本题容易错选A项，认为是强调句型。实际上the middle of the night缺少介词，不能单独作时间状语，如果在其前面加上介词in，本题就可以选择A项了。

【考例】 ____ in the regulations that you should not tell other people the password of your e-mail account. （2005上海卷）

A. What is required

B. What requires

C. It is required

D. It requires

【答案】 C

【解析】 此题考查主语从句，it是形式主语，that从句是真正的主语，本句不是强调结构，因为强调结构不可强调动词。

巩固练习

1. — Is it my age ____ the boss minds?

— I'm afraid so. He will consider ____ necessary to have an experienced assistant.

A. which; it

B. that; it

C. which; that

D. that; that

2. — Where was it ____ the road accident happened yesterday?

— In front of the market.

A. when

B. that

C. which

D. how

3. It is I who ____ to blame.

A. is

B. are

C. am

D. being

4. It was not until she had arrived home ____ her appointment with the doctor.

A. did she remember

B. that she remembered

C. when she remembered

D. had she remembered

5. I've already forgotten ____ you put the dictionary yesterday.

A. that it was there

B. where was it that

C. that where it was

D. where it was that

6. Was it ____ he said or something that he did ____ made her cry so sadly?

A. what; that

B. that; which

C. that; what

D. what; 不填

7. It was at the very beginning ____ Mr. Smith made a decision ____ we should send for a doctor.

A. when; which

B. that; which

C. which; that

D. that; that

8. It was in Beihai Park ____ they made a date for the first time ____ the old couple told us their love story.

A. where; where

B. where; that

C. that; where

D. that; that

9. — Who is making so much noise in the garden?

— ____ the children.

A. It is

B. They are

C. That is

D. There are

10. It was 1949 ____ the PRC was founded.

A. that

B. when

C. before

D. since

11. It was only ____ I reread the poem ____ I began to appreciate its beauty.

A. when; that

B. so; that

C. before; that

D. when; until

12. It is in the factory ____ produces colour TV sets ____ we'll have a talk with a scientist.

A. which; which

B. where; that

C. which; that

D. which; where

13. It was ____ he came to China ____ he knew what kind of country it was.

A. after; when

B. until; that

C. not until; when

D. not until; that

14. Was it at the school ____ was named after a hero ____ he spent his childhood?

A. which; that

B. where; where

C. that; where

D. which; where

15. It is not what your father is but whether you can do the work well ____ matters.

A. which

B. that

C. what

D. why

16. It was some time later ____ we realized the truth.

A. until

B. before

C. that

D. since

17. As is known, it was ____ that resulted in the terrible accidents.

A. because of the driver's carelessness

B. the driver's being careless

C. because the driver was careless

D. the driver was so careless

18. It was Wang Fang and her husband who sent the old man to hospital, ____?

A. did they

B. didn't they

C. wasn't it

D. was it

19. I really don't know ____ I had my money stolen.

A. when was it that

B. that it was when

C. where it was that

D. it was where that

20. It is because English is being widely used at present ____.

A. why we learn it hard

B. that we learn it hard

C. which we must learn

D. when we should learn

21. It is the protection for the trees ____ really matters, ____ how many trees are planted each year.

A. what; other than

B. which; or rather

C. that; rather than

D. as; more than

22. It was the typhoon ____ was called Saomai ____ destroyed some cities of Zhejiang Province.

A. which; that

B. what; which

C. which; who

D. that; which

23. It was the university ____ he was studying ____ sent him abroad.

A. which; that

B. where; that

C. that; which

D. that; where

24. Was it ____ it snowed last night that you didn't come?

A. that

B. because

C. why

D. if

25. — Why is it ____ Mr. Smith seldom mentions his childhood?

— Perhaps he suffered a lot in his childhood.

A. which

B. what

C. how

D. that

第四节 独立主格结构考点

独立主格结构，又称为独立结构。在形式上，独立主格结构与主句没有任何关系，但是在意思上却与主句密切联系在一起，共同构筑成一个完整的语义环境。独立主格结构只有逻辑上的主语和谓语，没有真正的主语和谓语，所以在句法上，独立主格结构不是句子，而是一个独立于句子成分之外的特殊结构。

独立主格结构可分为四类：独立分词结构；独立不定式结构；独立无动词结构和with复合结构。

一、考查独立分词结构

其构成是“名词或代词主格+分词”。 由于独立主格结构中的名词或代词主格是分词逻辑上的主语，因此，如果构成分词的动词与其逻辑主语之间是主谓关系，使用表示主动意义的现在分词。例如：

Weather permitting （=If weather permits）, they will go on an outing to the beach tomorrow. 如果天气允许的话，他们将在明天组织一次海滨小游。（permit是其逻辑主语weather主动发出的动作，故使用现在分词。）

如果构成分词的动词与其逻辑主语之间是动宾关系，则使用表示被动意义的过去分词。例如：

The problems solved （=As the problems were solved）, the quality has been improved. 随着问题的解决，质量已经提高了。（solve与其逻辑主语the problems含有逻辑上的动宾关系，故应使用过去分词。）

【考例】 The party will be held in the garden, weather ____.（2012全国新课标卷）

A. permitting

B. to permit

C. permitted

D. permit

【答案】 A

【解析】 考查独立分词结构。本题中间有逗号，前面的句子没有出现连接词，说明这不是一个复合句或并列句，因此后面部分不是句子，只能是一个独立分词结构。permit与weather之间是主动关系，故用现在分词形式。weather是逻辑主语，permitting 是其逻辑上的谓语。

独立分词结构在使用中还应注意以下两点：

1）在独立分词结构中，如果强调分词的动作发生在主句谓语动词之前，用现在分词的完成式表示。

【考例】 The country has already sent up three unmanned spacecraft, the most recent ____ at the end of last March. （2007山东卷）

A. has been launched

B. having been launched

C. being launched

D. to be launched

【答案】 B

【解析】 本题中的逗号是解题的关键。句中出现了逗号，而且前后没有连词，说明这既不是复合句，也不是并列句，而是一个含有独立主格结构的简单句。由句意可知，分词表示的动作发生在主句谓语动词之前，用现在分词的完成式表示。

2）“There being+名词或代词主格”是独立主格结构的一种特殊形式，在意义上表示存在，充当原因状语或条件状语，其中的being不能省略。

例如：

There being no rain, the farmers had to water their fields day and night. （=As there was no rain, the farmers had to water their fields day and night.） 因为没有下雨，农民们只得日日夜夜忙着浇地。

二、考查独立不定式结构

其构成是“名词或代词主格+不定式”。独立不定式结构的时间发生在主句谓语动词之后或还未发生。在独立不定式结构中，如果“名词或代词主格”是“不定式”动作的发出者，则二者在逻辑上含有主谓关系，用不定式的主动形式。

【考例】 I send you 100 dollars today, the rest ____ in a year.（2005湖南卷）

A. follows

B. followed

C. to follow

D. being followed

【答案】 C

【解析】 考查独立不定式结构。该题目中间含有逗号，并且前后都没有连词，说明这既不是复合句，也不是并列句，而是一个含有独立主格结构的简单句。根据句意，剩余的钱一年内给付，而且follow这一动作与the rest含有逻辑上的主谓关系，并且该动作尚未发生，故用“逻辑主语+不定式”构成独立主格结构。

如果“名词或代词主格”是“不定式”动作的承受者，则二者在逻辑上含有动宾关系，用不定式的被动式。例如：

More presents to be given, she will find it difficult to accept. 再给她一些礼物，她就会觉得很难接受。（give这一动作与其逻辑主语more presents有逻辑上的动宾关系，故使用不定式的被动形式。）

三、考查独立无动词结构

其构成是“名词或代词主格+非谓语部分”。非谓语部分由名词及其短语、形容词、副词、介词短语充当。该结构用来表达对主句的补充说明、对主句动词意义上的伴随及事件发生的原因等。如果非谓语部分变成谓语动词，则可能构成非限制性定语从句，在实际运用中要区别开来。例如：

He has visited many countries, most of them in Europe. 他去过很多国家，多数是欧洲的。（如果在in Europe前面加上are，则变为非限制性定语从句，此时most of them中的them应改为关系代词which。）

【考例】 The growing speed of a plant is influenced by a number of factors, ____ are beyond our control.（2008湖南卷）

A. most of them

B. most of which

C. most of what

D. most of that

【答案】 B

【解析】 本题考查“介词+关系代词”引导的非限制性定语从句。由于逗号之后是一个完整的句子，先行词factors在定语从句中作most of的宾语，故用关系代词which代替factors，并且引导定语从句。如果此题中后面部分去掉are，则选用A项，构成独立主格结构。

当非谓语部分是由介词in连接时，其前后的两个名词要么不加任何成分，要么同时加上冠词和物主代词。例如：

The solider stood in front of the gate, （a） gun in （his） hand. 士兵站在门口，手里端着枪。

四、考查with复合结构

其构成是“with+宾语+宾语补足语”。充当宾语补足语的词是形容词、副词、分词、不定式、介词短语等。

在with复合结构中，当宾语和宾补之间含有逻辑上的动宾关系，即宾语是宾补动作的承受者时，用过去分词。

【考例】 The old couple often take a walk after super in the park with their pet dog ____ them.（2012辽宁卷）

A. to follow

B. following

C. followed

D. follows

【答案】 B

【解析】 考查with复合结构。with后跟名词或代词作宾语，充当宾语补足语的动词要用非谓语形式，故排除D项；follow是dog主动发出的动作，故排除C项；不定式表示将来的动作，而此处表达的是伴随发生的动作，故用B项。句意为：晚饭后这对老夫妻经常在公园里散步，他们的宠物狗跟在他们后面。

当宾语和宾补之间含有逻辑上的主谓关系，即宾补动作是宾语发出的动作，并且强调动作正在进行，用现在分词。

【考例】 — Come on, please give me some ideas about the project.

— Sorry. With so much work ____ my mind, I almost break down.（2007福建卷）

A. filled

B. filling

C. to fill

D. being filled

【答案】 B

【解析】 考查with复合结构中作宾补的分词的选用。宾语so much work与作宾补的动词fill之间含有逻辑上的主谓关系，应使用表示主动意义的现在分词作宾补。

当宾语和宾补之间含有逻辑上的主谓关系，而这种主谓关系尚未发生，或表示将来的动作或状态时，用不定式。

【考例】 With a lot of difficult problems ____, the newly-elected president is having a hard time.（2002上海春季卷）

A. settled

B. settling

C. to settle

D. being settled

【答案】 C

【解析】 考查with复合结构中作宾补的非谓语动词的选用。根据语境“新当选的总统现在正处于艰难时期”可知，还有很多难题要去解决，应使用不定式作宾补。

五、考查独立主格结构与其他结构的区别

1. 与分词短语作状语的区别

独立主格结构与分词短语都可以转换为状语从句。但独立主格结构转换为状语从句后，它有自己的逻辑主语，与主句的主语不一致；而分词短语转换为状语从句后，主句与从句的主语一致。例如：

Time permitting, we'd better have a holiday at weekends. （=If time permits, we'd better have a holiday at weekends.） 如果时间允许，我们最好周末去度假。（该题是独立主格结构作状语，状语从句的主语与主句主语不一致）

Seeing from the top of the hill, we can find the city more beautiful.（=When we see from the top of the hill, we can find the city more beautiful.）从山顶上看，我们发现这个城市更美了。（该题是分词作状语，状语从句的主语与主句主语一致）

【考例】 ____ in the fields on a March afternoon, he could feel the warmth of spring.（2008年安徽卷）

A. To walk

B. Walking

C. Walked

D. Having walked

【答案】 B

【解析】 考查分词作状语。“walk”这一动作是其逻辑主语“he”主动发出的动作，且表示伴随情况，故应选用表示主动意义的现在分词作状语。A项不定式通常表示目的状语；D项分词的完成式强调动作在主句动作之前已经完成，与句意不符；C项是过去分词，walk是不及物动词，不能使用过去分词作状语。

2. 与独立成分的区别

1）有的分词短语可以独立存在，在句子中没有逻辑主语。如：generally speaking总的说来；judging from / by从……判断；supposing假如等。

【考例】 ____, the more expensive the camera, the better its quality.（2005年全国卷Ⅲ）

A. General speaking

B. Speaking general

C. Generally speaking

D. Speaking generally

【答案】 C

【解析】 generally speaking意思是“总的说来”，是独立存在的分词短语，常用作插入语，已经变成了习惯用法。该句意思是：总的说来，照相机越贵，它的质量越好。

2）有些固定短语是带 to 的不定式，表明说话人的立场或态度，在句中作独立成分。如：to be honest（老实说），to be sure（确实），to tell you the truth （说实话），to cut a long story short（长话短说），to be frank（坦率地说），to make matters / things worse（更糟糕的是），等等。

【考例】 ____ , the pay isn't attractive enough, though the job itself is quite interesting. （2009浙江卷）

A. Generally speaking

B. On the contrary

C. In particular

D. To be honest

【答案】 D

【解析】 句意为：虽然工作本身很有趣，但是工资不够吸引人。因此选择To be honest，意思是“老实说，说实话”。

巩固练习

1. The fish ____ bad, the guests left much of it untouched.

A. tasted

B. tasting

C. to taste

D. having tasted

2. Everything ____ into consideration, they should give up the chance.

A. to take

B. taken

C. taking

D. to be taken

3. ____, we can go fishing by the lake.

A. Sunday

B. It is Sunday

C. As Sunday

D. It being Sunday

4. The new teacher felt more uneasy with the whole class ____.

A. stared at her

B. staring at her

C. being stared with her

D. to stare her

5. Weather ____, I will go on a picnic with you this Saturday.

A. permit

B. to permit

C. permitted

D. permitting

6. Her money ____, she couldn't buy a train ticket for her home.

A. stealing

B. to be stolen

C. having stolen

D. stolen

7. The poor boy lay on his back, his clothes ____ open and his eyes ____ on the sky.

A. torn; fixed

B. tearing; fixed

C. torn; fixing

D. being torn;, fixing

8. Skins ____ to sunlight too much time, you will suffer.

A. exposing

B. exposed

C. having exposed

D. to expose

9. Without anyone ____ the way in that forest, you will certainly get lost in the coming week.

A. leading

B. to lead

C. led

D. being led

10. ____, they had to get down to business.

A. As there has no time left

B. There was no time left

C. There being no time left

D. There to be no time left

11. The girl in the snapshot was smiling sweetly, ____.

A. her long hair flowed in the breeze

B. her long hair was flowing in the breeze

C. her long hairs were flowing in the breeze

D. her long hair flowing in the breeze

12. It's quite strange that the man sleeps with his mouth ____ and his eyes ____ .

A. closed; open

B. closed; opened

C. closing; open

D. closing; opening

13. ____, Tom has little time to play with his little daughter.

A. As a lot of work to do

B. Since a lot of work to do

C. With a lot of work to do

D. There is a lot of work to do

14. She stood there, ____ from her cheeks.

A. tears'rolling down

B. tears rolled down

C. with tears rolled down

D. tears rolling down

15. ____, we all went home happily.

A. Goodbye was said

B. Goodbye had been said

C. Goodbye said

D. When goodbye said

16. John tried dividing the labor, each worker ____ a separate task.

A. assigning

B. assigned

C. was assigned

D. would be assigned

17. The lecture ____, he left his seat so quietly that no one complained that his leaving disturbed the speaker.

A. began

B. beginning

C. having begun

D. being beginning

18. Such ____ the case, there are no grounds to justify your complaints.

A. being

B. is

C. was

D. to be

19. Darkness ____ in, the young people lingered on merrymaking.

A. set

B. setting

C. has set

D. was set

20. With all factors ____, we think this program may excel all the others in achieving the goal.

A. being considered

B. considering

C. considered

D. are considered

21. A new technique ____, the output as a whole increased by 20 percent.

A. to have been worked out

B. having worked out

C. working out

D. having been worked out

22. On the top was the clear outline of a great wolf sitting still, ears ____, alert, listening.

A. pointed

B. pointing

C. are pointed

D. are pointing

23. Walter offered us a lift when he was leaving the office, but our work ____, we refused the offer.

A. not being finished

B. not having finished

C. had not been finished

D. was not finished

24. There are various kinds of metals, each ____ its own properties.

A. has

B. had

C. to have

D. having

25. The article opens and closes with descriptions of two news reports, each ____ one major point in contrast with the other.

A. makes

B. made

C. is to make

D. making

第四章 交际用语

第一节 交际用语考点归纳之一：社会交往

社会交往 （Social Communications）

1. 问候 （Greetings）

初次见面可用Nice to meet you. / How do you do ? / Hello. / Hi.；比较熟的人用How are you? / How are you doing?

【常见表达】 A: How are you? / How are you doing?

B: I'm OK. / Fine, thanks, and you? / Very well, thank you.

A: Nice to meet you.

B: Nice to meet you, too.

A: How do you do?

B: How do you do?

A: Please say hello to your parents. / Please give my love / best wishes to Lucy.

B: Sure. / All right.

2. 介绍 （Introduction）

英语介绍应遵循以下原则：①身份地位低的人首先介绍给身份地位高的人；②年轻的人首先介绍给年纪老的人；③女性先介绍，男性后介绍。

【常见表达】A: This is Mr. / Mrs. / Miss / Ms Brown. / I'd like you to meet Bob. / May I introduce Professor Jeff Brown?

B. Hello! / How do you do? / Nice / Glad / Pleased to meet（see）you.

3. 告别 （Farewells）

在与客人道别时，由于各国的风俗习惯不同，有不少告别的话也有所不同。比如我们中国人常说“慢走”，在英语中绝不能直译为 Walk slowly. / Go slowly.等，要表示类似的意思，可用Take it easy! / Take your time! 等。

中国人在送客人时，往往是送了一程又一程，告别的话说了一遍又一遍。 我们的这种习俗在英美人看来是不可思议的，他们送客人往往是送到门口即止。

【常见表达】A: Good-bye. / Bye. / Bye-bye.

B: Good-bye. / Bye. / Bye-bye.

A: See you later / then / tomorrow / soon.

B: See you later / then / tomorrow / soon.

A: I am sorry I have to go now. / I am afraid I must be leaving now.

B: I won't keep you, then. Bye! / In that case I won't keep you. / Thanks for dropping in.

4. 道歉（Apologies）

【常见表达】A: Sorry. / Excuse me, please. / I beg your pardon. / I'm sorry for losing your book. / I'm sorry to interrupt you. / I'm sorry（that）I'm late.

B: That's OK. / It's all right. / Never mind. / It doesn't matter. / It's nothing. / Forget it.

【考例】 — Sorry, Liz. I think I was a bit rude to you.

— ____, but don't do that again!（2015天津卷）

A. Go ahead

B. Forget it

C. It depends

D. With pleasure

【答案】 B

【解析】本题考查功能意念项目中的道歉。forget it意思是“没关系，别在意”，是对道歉的答语。go ahead表示同意对方的请求，根据情况可译为“说吧，做吧，开始吧，进行吧”等；it depends意为“视情况而定”；with pleasure意为“愿意效劳”，是对别人请求的肯定回答。根据交际的语境可知应选择道歉的答语，故选B项。

5. 邀请（Invitation）

【常见表达】A: Would you like to go for a walk?

B: Yes, I'd love to. / I'd love to, but I'm afraid I have no time.

A: May I invite you to dinner?

B: Thank you. / It's very nice of you, but my mother is ill.

A: What / How about having a swim this afternoon?

B: That would be very nice. / I'm sorry I have some other appointment. What about another time?

【考例】 — Why not stay here a little longer?

— ____, but I really have to go.（2014重庆卷）

A. Never mind

B. I'd love to

C. Pleased to meet you

D. I can't find any reason

【答案】 B

【解析】 本题考查邀请的答语。Never mind意为“没关系”，用来回答对方的道歉；I'd love to意为“我很高兴做某事”，后面常常和but连用，表示委婉地拒绝；Pleased to meet you意为“遇见你很高兴”；I can't find any reason意为“我找不到任何理由”。句意为：——为什么不在这里多待一会儿？——我想多待一会儿，但是我真得走了。本句的关键词是but，表示的是委婉地拒绝对方。故B正确。

6. 请求允许 （Asking for permission）

【常见表达】 A: May I come in?

B: Yes, please. / Sure. / Certainly.

A: Can / Could I use your telephone?

B: Go ahead, please.

A: I wonder if I could smoke here.

B: I'm afraid not./ You'd better not.

【考例】 — Could I use this dictionary?

— ____. It's a spare one.（2014江西卷）

A. Good idea

B. Just go ahead

C. You're welcome

D. You'd better not

【答案】 B

【解析】 句意为：——我可以用这本字典吗？——拿去吧！这个现在没有人用。A项“好主意”；B项“去做吧！（表示同意对方提出的做法）”；C项“不用谢”；D项“你最好不要这样做”。根据后面的It's a spare one. 判定对方允许使用这本字典，故选B项。

7. 祝贺与祝愿 （Expressing wishes and congratulations）

【常见表达】A: Well done and congratulations to you.

B: Thanks very much.

A: I hope you'll succeed in everything.

B: So do I.

A: Happy New Year!

B: Happy New Year! (The same to you.)

【考例】 — I got that job I wanted at the public library.

— ____! That's good news.（2014陕西卷）

A. Go ahead

B. Cheers

C. Congratulations

D. Come on

【答案】 C

【解析】 考查祝贺的交际用语。A项意为“请吧！”；B项意为“干杯！”；C项意为“祝贺你！”；D项意为“加油！”根据That's good news.可知此处表示祝贺，故选C项。

【考例】 — John and I will celebrate our fortieth wedding anniversary next month.

— Oh, ____! （2009山东卷）

A. cheer up

B. well done

C. go ahead

D. congratulations

【答案】 D

【解析】 对别人结婚四十周年纪念应该表示“祝贺”。

8. 提供帮助 （Offering help）

【常见表达】A: Do you want me to clean the room?

B: Yes, please. / Yes, thanks. / No, thanks. / No, thank you. / That's very kind of you, but I can manage it myself.

【考例】 — I can drive you home.

— ____, but are you sure it's not too much trouble?（2015重庆卷）

A. That would be great

B. Don't bother

C. I'm afraid not

D. Take care

【答案】 A

【解析】 本题考查交际用语中的提供帮助。由but后的句意“你确定不会太麻烦？”可知说话人愿意接受帮助。That would be great意为“那真是太好了”，表示同意；Don't bother意为“不要麻烦了，不要费事了”，一般用于客气地拒绝别人的帮忙；I'm afraid not意为“恐怕不行”，表示委婉地拒绝；Take care意为“当心，小心”，表示提醒。根据交际的语境可知应选择接受帮助的答语，故选A项。

9. 约会（Making appointments）

【常见表达】 A: Will you be free tomorrow?/ Do you have time this afternoon?

B: Yes, I'll be free then.

A: How about tomorrow morning?

B: All right. See you then.

A: When / Where shall we meet?

B: Let's make it 4: 30.

10. 打电话（Making telephone calls）

英语里打私人电话的模式一般为：①电话铃响。②接电话者自报电话号码。③打电话者要求与某人通话。这样能让对方明白有没有打错，常用以下用语：“This is ××× speaking.”，而不是“I am ×××.”；用“Is that ×××speaking?”，而不说“Are you ××× speaking?”。

【常见表达】A: Hello! May I speak to Tom?

B: Hello! This is Tom speaking.

A: Hello! I'd like to speak to Mr. Green.

B: Hold the line, please. / Just a moment, please.

A: Is that Liu Ying speaking?

B: Sorry. She isn't here right now. / Can I take a message?

【考例】 Tara: This is Tara from Patel from Cotton House in Kidderminster. Could I speak to Mr. Smith, please?

Mr. Smith: ____ （2005广东卷）

A. Hello.

B. I'm Mr. Smith.

C. Who are you?

D. Speaking.

【答案】 D

【解析】考查打电话的交际英语。接电话的人是本人时应回答This is ... speaking.或简略为Speaking。

11. 就餐 （Having meals）

【常见表达】A: Would you like something to eat / drink?

B: Yes, I'd like a drink.

A: What would you like（to have）?

B: I'd like rice and chicken.

A: Would you like some more fish?

B: Just a little, please. / No, thank you. I've had enough.

【考例】 —Bill, can I get you anything to drink?

— ____ .（2009江苏卷）

A. You are welcome

B. No problem

C. I wouldn't mind a coffee

D. Doesn't matter

【答案】 C

【解析】 考查就餐时的交际英语。对话语境为：——我能为你点些喝的东西吗？——来杯咖啡吧。

12. 问路（Asking the way）

【常见表达】A: Excuse me. Where's the washroom?

B: It's over there. / It's about 400 metres from here.

A: Can you tell me how to get to the post office?

B: Go down this street until you see the tall red building. / Turn right / left at the first / second crossing / corner. You can't miss it.

A: Excuse me. Which is the way to the Bank of China?

B: You can take bus No. 103.

13. 提醒注意（Reminding and warning）

【常见表达】Don't forget your raincoat. Remember to lock the door.

Make sure that all the windows are closed.

Mind your head / step!

No smoking!

No spitting!

Wet floor!

Look out!

Be careful!

Don't touch!

It's dangerous!

14. 劝告（Advice）

【常见表达】 You'd better go to see the doctor.

You should listen to and read English everyday.

You need to buy a Chinese-English dictionary.

If I were you, I'd phone him now.

Don't rush / hurry / push. Please stand in line.

15. 建议（Suggestions）

【常见表达】Let's go and have a look.

Should we go now?

What / How about a picnic this Sunday?

Why don't you buy a computer?

Why not go to a movie?

巩固练习

一、单项选择

1. — ____ .

— It's nothing to worry about. I never liked it anyway.

A. I lost my walkman this morning

B. I feel awful. I've got a cold

C. I feel terrible, but I've left your tape somewhere

D. I'm sorry, but we don't have that medicine

2. — How about a game of chess?

— ____

A. I agree.

B. Why not?

C. I'd like to.

D. That's right.

3. — ____

— Drop in if you have time.

— Sure. Bye!

A. Well, I really must be going now.

B. I wonder if you could let me go now.

C. Do you mind if I leave now?

D. What a shame that I want to go now!

4. — Hello, this is 8325788.

— ____ ?

A. How are you

B. Will you come tonight

C. Can I take a message

D. Is that Mike

5. — I wonder what the weather will be like tomorrow.

— ____

A. I don't like the weather at this time of the year.

B. I don't mind if it is going to rain tomorrow.

C. Why read the newspaper yourself?

D. Let's listen to the weather report on the radio at ten.

6. — Thank you ever so much for the present you brought me.

— ____ .

A. No, thanks

B. I'm glad you like it

C. Please don't say so

D. No, it's not so good

7. — ____ .

— Thank you. I certainly will.

A. Happy birthday to you

B. Let me help you with your English

C. Please remember me to your grandparents

D. Don't forget to post the letter

8. — ____ ?

— No, thanks. I'm just looking around. I'll let you know if I want anything.

A. Have you made up your mind what you want

B. What do you want

C. Can I help you

D. Do you like it

9. — Hello, may I have an appointment with the doctor?

— ____

A. Sorry, he is busy at the moment.

B. Why didn't you call earlier?

C. Certainly. May I know your name?

D. Sorry, he doesn't want to see you.

10. — ____

— Oh, what a nice house!

— I'm glad you like it. Let me show you around it first.

A. Let's drive to my house.

B. Here we are.

C. Would you like to see my house?

D. My house is behind the hill.

二、根据汉语提示填入适当的交际用语

1. — ____ （圣诞快乐）!

— Thank you and the same to you.

2. — ____ （你要买什么）?

— I'd like to buy a bag.

3. — I'm applying for University of Toronto.

— ____ （祝你好运）.

4. — ____ （对不起，我来晚了）.

— It doesn't matter.

5. — ____ （不知明天找你是否方便）.

— Tomorrow afternoon would be more convenient, if it's all right with you.

6. — ____ （我们去散步，你一块去好吗）?

— That sounds a good idea.

7. —Could I use your bike?

— ____ （当然可以）.

8. — Can I get Jack on the phone now?

— ____ （请等一下，我去叫他）.

9. — ____ （您准备点菜了吗）?

— Let me look at the menu first.

10. — ____ （你能告诉我去飞机场怎么走吗）?

—Go down this street till you see a bridge. The airport is opposite the bridge.

第二节 交际用语考点归纳之二：态度情感

一、态度（Attitudes）

1. 同意和不同意（Agreement and disagreement）

同意和不同意是肯定和否定的另一种形式，但表达的不是某个事实的正确与否，而是对它的判断和意见。英语中表示同意时尽可采用热情而强烈的口气，都不会过分。但如果对一令人不愉快的意见表示同意时，可能加上一些表示遗憾之类的词语更为合适。表示不同意时，常常采用缓和的语气，委婉地表示反对。

【常见表达】 同意：Sure. / Certainly. / Exactly. / That's correct. / Of course. / All right. / I agree. / No problem. / That's a good idea. / Yes, I think so.

不同意：No way. / Of course not. / I don't agree. / I don't think so. / I'm afraid not.

【考例】 — This apple pie is too sweet, don't you think so?

— ____. I think it's just right, actually.（2014山东卷）

A. Not really

B. I hope so

C. Sounds good

D. No wonder

【答案】 A

【解析】 问句意为：这个苹果派太甜了，你不这么认为吗？注意答语横线后的提示：实际上，我认为正好。故选对问句观点持否定态度的回应语“Not really”，意思是“不完全是，不见得”。B项“我也希望如此”和C项“听起来很好”都是表示同意的答语。D项“不足为奇”不符合交流意向。

【考例】 — You have to believe in yourself. No one else will, if you don't.

— ____ . Confidence is really important.（2012天津卷）

A. It's not my cup of tea.

B. That's not the point

C. I don't think so

D. I couldn't agree more

【答案】 D

【解析】 通过Confidence is really important.可知第二个说话人同意对方的观点。故D项I couldn't agree more“我非常同意”符合句意。A项“这不是我所喜欢的”；B项“那不是重点”；C项“我不这样认为”，均不符合句意。

2. 喜欢和不喜欢（Likes and dislikes）

在英语中，表达喜欢与不喜欢有很多方式，但它们的程度都不同。如果你喜欢某种东西或某个人，你就可以说：“I like...”或“I am fond of...”。如：I am fond of Chinese food.（我很喜欢中国食品。）；如果你既不喜欢也不讨厌某事或某物，可以说：“I don't mind...”。如：I don't mind walking to work.（我不介意步行上班。）；如果你不喜欢某种东西，可以说：“I don't like...”；如果你很不喜欢某种东西，可以说“I can't bear...”，“I can't stand...”，“I hate...”。如：She can't stand her boss.（她不喜欢她的老板。）

【常见表达】 喜欢：

This book is very interesting.

I like / love the movie（very much）.

I like / love to play computer games.

I like taking photos.

I enjoy listening to music.

I'm interested in science.

He is fond of music.

不喜欢：

This song is bad / awful.

I don't like the movie very much / at all.

I don't enjoy collecting stamps.

I hate to do homework.

3. 肯定和不肯定（Certainty and uncertainty）

对某件事情的真实性是否肯定，是否有把握，在英语中常用sure, certain, doubt等词或may, might, must等情态动词表达。may, might具有试探性，must表示一种逻辑推断的必然。此外，It's certain这类非人称句常用来代替I'm certain的表达法，以缓和口气。为了增强客气的口吻，表示不肯定时可以伴随一些表示遗憾或歉意的表达方式。

【常见表达】 肯定：

I'm sure.

I'm sure of that.

I'm (quite) sure (that) she'll join us.

There is no doubt that it's made of silk.

It's clear that it will rain soon.

不肯定：

I'm not so sure.

I'm not sure of that.

I'm not sure whether / if she can come.

Maybe you're right.

Perhaps she is at home now.

It's hard to say.

4. 可能和不可能（Possibility and impossibility）

【常见表达】 可能：

He can / may come today.

It may snow tonight.

It's possible to finish the homework before 6 o'clock.

It's likely to rain this afternoon.

It's likely that you will lose this game.

不可能：

He may not come so early.

He can't be in the office now.

It's not likely to snow soon.

It's impossible to finish my homework within one hour.

5. 偏爱和优先选择（Preference）

英语中表达偏好和喜爱时常用prefer或would rather，有时也使用比较级形式来表达。

【常见表达】

I prefer tea.

Which do you prefer, tea or coffee?

I prefer tea to coffee.

I'd prefer to go by train.

I like English better / the best.

My favourite subject is physics.

I'd rather drink coffee than tea.

Where would you rather go, London or Tokyo?

6. 表扬和鼓励（Praise and encouragement）

表扬和鼓励是日常英语中经常使用的表达形式，西方人使用表扬和鼓励的场合比中国人明显偏多，交际中应注意不要吝惜使用表扬和鼓励的话语。在西方，人们总会适时地给对方以表扬和鼓励。人们对于别人的赞扬一般会表示高兴，并且“Thank you!”不离口。

【常见表达】 Very good! / Well done! / Wonderful! / Excellent! / You speak English very well. / Your dress is beautiful!

Come on! Keep trying! / You can do it! / Cheer up!

【考例】 — Bruce, I really appreciate your handwriting.

— ____ . （2009福建卷）

A. I practice every day

B. Thank you very much

C. No, I don't think so

D. Well, it's not good enough

【答案】 B

【解析】 根据西方人的交际习惯，对别人的鼓励和表扬应表示感谢。

【考例】 — What a beautiful picture you've drawn!

— ____ . （2006四川卷）

A. Not at all

B. Thank you

C. You are great

D. I'm proud of you

【答案】 B

【解析】 本题考查接受表扬的交际用语。对于别人的夸奖，要说声Thank you! 另外，接受别人表扬的答语还有I'm glad you like it.等。

【考例】 — Do you think our basketballers played very well yesterday?

— ____ .（2001上海卷）

A. They are not nervous at all

B. They were still young

C. They played naturally

D. They couldn't have done better

【答案】 D

【解析】 此处They couldn't have done better. 是一句赞扬的话，说明他们已经尽了最大努力，不会打的比这再好了，这是最好的。

7. 责备和抱怨（Blame and complaint）

在对方做错了事或者没有能够做好某事的时候，我们可能会去责备或者抱怨。值得注意的是，语气要委婉。当我们受到别人的责备或者抱怨时，我们也要表示歉意。

【常见表达】

He's to blame.

She blamed him for coming home late.

What do you mean by doing so?

How could you cheat your teacher?

He shouldn't have done it.

Why didn't you tell me the truth?

I'm sorry to have said that, but this room is too dirty.

I hate to have to say this, but it's too noisy here.

Why don't you do something about it?

【考例】 — Can you read the sign, sir? No smoking allowed in the lift!

— ____ .（2007全国卷I）

A. Never mind

B. Don't mention it

C. Sure, I don't smoke

D. Pardon me

【答案】 D

【解析】 对别人的责备和抱怨应真诚地表示歉意。

二、情感（Emotions）

1. 高兴（Happiness）

西方人属于情感外露型，高兴时手舞足蹈，喜形于色，赞扬声不绝于耳。

【常见表达】

How wonderful / nice!

That's lovely / great / wonderful!

I'm so happy.

It's well done.

I'm pleased to know that.

【考例】 — Guess what! I came across an old friend at the party last night.

— ____ I'm sure you had a wonderful time.（2004辽宁卷）

A. Sounds good!

B. Very well.

C. How nice!

D. All right.

【答案】 C

【解析】 对于别人遇见老朋友感到高兴，故使用How nice!

2. 惊奇（Surprise）

英语中表达惊奇常采用反问和感叹的形式，表示对出乎意料的强烈反应。

【常见表达】

Really?

Oh dear!

Is that so?

What a surprise!

How nice to see you!

How surprising!

I'm surprised.

It surprises me that your English is so beautiful.

Does that surprise you?

Is this what you expected?

【考例】 — Michael was late for Mr. Smith's oral class this morning.

— ____ ? As far as I know, he never came late to class.（2006江西卷）

A. How come

B. So what

C. Why not

D. What for

【答案】 A

【解析】 表示惊奇，How come意思是“怎么会呢？”。

3. 忧虑（Worries）

西方人虽然通常不愿打听别人的私事，但是也乐于助人，愿意为别人排忧解难。

【常见表达】

What's wrong?

What's the matter?

Anything wrong?

What should we do?

Is something worrying you?

Are you worried about your health?

4. 安慰（Reassurance）

当别人失意、失败、担心、忧虑时，我们应该给以适当的安慰，使之振作、振奋。你可以说：Don't be afraid. Cheer up. / Come on. You can do it. / It's（quite）all right. / It'll be OK. / all right. 等。

【考例】 — Don't worry, Mum. The doctor said it was only the flu.

— ____ ! I'll tell Dad there's nothing serious.（2012江苏卷）

A. What a relief

B. Congratulations

C. How surprising

D. I'm so sorry

【答案】 A

【解析】 句意为：——别担心，妈妈。医生说只是流感。——我可以松口气了。我要告诉你爸爸没有什么严重的。A项意为“可以松口气了”，符合语境。B项意为“祝贺”；C项意为“多么令人惊讶啊”；D项意为“我很抱歉”。根据句意，应选A项。

【考例】 — I'm thinking of the test tomorrow. I'm afraid I can't pass this time.

— ____ ! I'm sure you'll make it.（2006天津卷）

A. Go ahead B. Good luck C. No problem D. Cheer up

【解析】 D

【解析】 一方担心不能通过考试，另一方去安慰。答语意为：振作起来，我敢肯定你能通过。

5. 遗憾（Regret）

【常见表达】

I'm so sorry!

It's a great pity!

What a shame!

That's too bad!

I wish I had never given it up.

If I had been there, he would not have made such a serious mistake.

【考例】 — Can you come to a party on Saturday, Peter?

— Oh, ____ I'm already going out, I'm afraid.（2015安徽卷）

A. what a pity!

B. don't ask!

C. how come?

D. so what?

【答案】 A

【解析】 句意为：——彼得，你周六能来参加聚会吗？——噢，真遗憾！（那时候）恐怕我已经出去了。What a pity! 意为“真遗憾！”Don't ask! 意为“别问了！”How come?意为“怎么会？”So what?意为“那又怎样？”根据交际的语境可知，这里指可能参加不了聚会，因此此处应表示“遗憾”，故选A项。

巩固练习

一、单项选择

1. — I think you look very nice in the red jacket.

— ____ .

A. Oh, no, I don't look nice at all

B. I'm glad you think so

C. I don't like red color but my mom made me wear it

D. You are very kind

2. — I'm afraid I can't finish the work by tomorrow.

— ____

A. That's right. B. Does that surprise you?

C. Don't worry. D. Really?

3. — I wonder if I could use your mobile phone.

— ____ .

A. I wonder how

B. I don't wonder

C. Sorry, it's out of order

D. No wonder, here it is

4. — Would you rather come on Friday or Saturday?

— ____

A. Yes, of course.

B. The other is better.

C. What's the matter?

D. Either would suit me.

5. — ____ .

— It's nothing to worry about. I never liked it anyway.

A. I lost my walkman this morning

B. I feel awful. I've got a cold

C. I feel terrible, but I've left your tape somewhere

D. I'm sorry, but we don't have that medicine

6. — Where is Tom this morning?

— He's got a cold.

— ____

A. Just tell him to take it easy.

B. What's the matter with him?

C. He is absent.

D. What? Where is he?

7. — Your tie goes very well with your shirt.

— ____

A. Oh, I got it on sale.

B. I bought it at half price.

C. Thank you.

D. No, not so nice.

8. — I'm afraid I can't finish the book this week.

— ____ .

A. Please go ahead

B. That's right

C. Not at all

D. Take your time

9. — You've given us a wonderful English dinner, Mrs. Smith.

— ____ .

A. Oh, I'm afraid I didn't cook very well

B. I'm glad you enjoyed it

C. Come again when you are free

D. It's not necessary for you to say so

10. — What kind of food would you like to have?

— ____ but Japanese.

— How about Korean, then?

A. Anything

B. Something

C. Everything

D. Nothing

二、根据汉语提示填入适当的交际用语

1. — ____ （那真是一顿丰盛的晚宴）. You must have spent all day cooking.

— Thanks. But it really took only an hour.

2. — I was really anxious about you. You shouldn't have left without a word.

— ____ （非常抱歉）。

3. — I'm dead tired. I can't walk any farther, Jenny.

— ____ （加油）, Tommy. You can do it.

4. — ____ （人们应该停止使用小汽车，开始使用公共交通工具）。

— Exactly. The roads are too crowded as it is.

5. — I can't find my watch.

— ____ （可能在你的书包里）.

6. — I like Backstreet Boys. What about you?

— ____ （与后街男孩相比，我更喜欢F4）.

7. — I have to get to the airport at 10:00, but it's 9:20 now.

— ____ （别着急）! I can send you there by car.

8. — I was so sure that our experiment was going to succeed, ____ （最后时刻出了点问题）.

— I'm sorry to hear that, but don't give it up.

9. — You look pale, Joan. What's wrong with you?

— Why? ____ （我今天有点不舒服）.

10. — I think you should phone Jenny and say sorry to her.

— ____ （没门）. It was her fault.

第三节 交际用语考点归纳之三：其他

一、时间（Time）

西方人的时间观念很强。他们有严格的个人日程安排，把一天的时间分成一段一段的。如果你想拜访某人，或者请某人做什么事，最好的办法是与他们事先约定好，因为他们是不欢迎不速之客的。约会时你必须按照约定的时间到达，如果有急事发生，使得你不能按时赴约，你应该更改或取消约会。失约是非常不礼貌的。

在他们的语言中，也能反映对时间的关注。比如美国人小的时候，家长就开始教导他们做事要on time（准时），in time（及时）；过得愉快时，他们会说have a good time；浪费时间被说成kill time；感到日子过得太快，他们用time flies（时光飞逝）来表示；即使在年老临终时，他们也会说是靠借来的时间活着的（live on borrowed time）。

1. 时刻（Point of time）

【常见表达】 A: Excuse me. What's the time, please? / Excuse me. What time is it? / Have you got the time?

B: It's half past five / twenty to nine.

A: When did you come to China?

B: I came to China in 1998.

A: What time do you get up every day?

B: I get up at 6 o'clock.

【考例】 — Excuse me, do you have the time?

— ____.（2007福建卷）

A. Yes, I do B. Of course, I have

C. A quarter to ten D. No problem

【答案】 C

【解析】 本题考查功能意念项目“时间（time）”的问法。“Do you have the time?”的意思是“你知道现在几点了吗？”，还可以说“What time do you have?”或“What time do you make it?”。有的考生可能误认为本题是问“你有没有时间？”，若问有没有时间应去掉the。

2. 时段（Duration）

【常见表达】A: How long have you been in this school?

B: I have been in this school for three years.

A: How long does it take you to get to school?

B: It takes me twenty minutes by bike.

A: When did you live in Beijing?

B: I lived in Beijing from 1996 to 1999.

A: How long have you been ill?

B: I have been ill since last Monday night.

3. 频度（Frequency）

【常见表达】 A: How often do you go to movies?

B: I go to the movie once a week.

4. 时序（Sequence）

【常见表达】 The cat ran here and there, first on this side, then on that side.

What did you do next?

Finally we found our way out.

It rained even harder later on.

二、空间（Space）

1. 位置（Position）

【常见表达】 A: Where is the picture?

B: It's on / at / above / in / under / beside / near / behind the table.

2. 方向（Direction）

谁都有迷路的时候，谁都有找不到目的地而犯愁的时候。只要你会使用恰当的问路表达方式，“前途”肯定会是光明的。

【常见表达】 A: Which is the way to the station?

B: Go down this street, and turn left / right at the first crossing.

A: Where is the train / bus going?

B: The train / bus is going to Xi'an. / The train / bus is going to the east / west / south / north.

A: Where are you going?

B: I'm going to the railway station. / I'm leaving for Shanghai.

【考例】 — Excuse me, can you tell me where the nearest bank is, please?

— ____ Oh yes! It's past the office, next to a big market. （2006全国卷I）

A. Mm, let me think.

B. Oh, I beg your pardon?

C. You're welcome.

D. What do you mean?

【答案】 A

【解析】 本题考查问路的交际用语。此题题干中的信息词是Oh yes! 表明说话者有一个思考的过程。意思是“哦，让我想想。”

3. 距离（Distance）

【常见表达】 A: How far is your school from here?

B: It's about 40 minutes by bike. / It's about 6 kilometres / miles away.

三、特征（Features）

1. 形状（Shape）

【常见表达】 A: What does it look like?

B: It looks like a camel.

A: What's the shape of the clouds?

B: It's round / long / tall / short. / It's a circle / square.

2. 颜色（Colour）

【常见表达】 A: What colour is the bag?

B: It's green / red / blue / yellow / black / white / orange / purple / light brown / dark blue.

3. 材料 （Material）

【常见表达】 A: What's the table made of?

B: It's made of wood.

A: What's the red wine made from?

B: It's made from grapes.

4. 价格（Price）

【常见表达】 A: How much is the dictionary? / How much is it?

B: The dictionary costs me 100 yuan.

【考例】 — Excuse me. How much is the shirt?

— ____ .（2012四川卷）

A. Extra Large

B. 50 each

C. It sells well

D. Altogether there are 5

【答案】 B

【解析】 第一个人问的是“这件衬衫多少钱”，A项意为“超大号”；B项意为“每件50”；C项意为“它很畅销”；D项意为“总共有5（件）”，根据语境，应该选择B项，其他三项均答非所问。

四、计量（Measurement）

英语中对长、宽、高以及数量的计量有其固有的问答方式。

【常见表达】A: How long / wide is the bridge?

B: It's 430 metres / feet long /wide.

A: How much water do you drink every day?

B: I drink five glasses of water every day.

五、比较（Comparison）

1. 同级比较 （Equal comparison）

表示同级比较用as...as，否定用not as / so ...as

【常见表达】 My ruler is as long as yours.

I can run as fast as you can.

This book is not as interesting as that one.

I can't run so fast as you can.

【考例】 Ten years ago the population of our village was ____ that of theirs.（2008陕西卷）

A. as twice large as

B. twice as large as

C. twice as much as

D. as twice much as

【答案】 B

【解析】 考查同级比较。倍数应位于同级比较结构的前面，修饰population应使用large / small。

2. 差别比较（Comparative and superlative）

【常见表达】Lily is younger than Kate.

The red skirt is more expensive than the yellow one.

I run faster than Jim.

Mrs. Baker walks more slowly than Mr. Baker.

Jim is the tallest in his class.

Tom is the best of all.

【考例】 You're driving too fast. Can you drive ____ ? (2008全国卷I)

A. more slowly a bit

B. slowly a bit more

C. a bit more slowly

D. slowly more a bit

【答案】 C

【解析】考查差别比较。本题的语境是：你开车太快了，你能不能开慢点儿？比较级more修饰slowly应放在前面，a bit是比较级more的修饰语，应放在more的前面，故答案选C。

3. 相似和差别（Similarity and difference）

【常见表达】This picture is the same as that one on the wall.

Lucy is like her mother.

Tom looks like his father.

My picture is different from yours.

There are five differences between the two pictures.

六、逻辑关系（Logical relations）

1. 原因和结果 （Cause and effect）

【常见表达】A: Why are you late for school?

B: Because I got up late this morning.

A: How could you miss the train / plane?

B: Because of the bad traffic, we missed the train. / Due to the heavy fog, the planes were delayed.

2. 目的（Purpose）

【常见表达】A. Why are you here today?

B: I came here to see you off.

A: Why did you do that?

B: I did that in order to protect the trees.

七、职业 （Occupation）

1. 工作（Job）

A: What do you do? What's your job?

B: I'm a teacher / doctor / worker / farmer / businessman / manager.

A: What are you going to be?

B: I'm going to be a scientist / computer engineer.

2. 单位（Employer）

A: Where do you work?

B: I'm teaching English in a high-school.

A: What company are you working for?

B: I'm working for a computer company.

巩固练习

一、单项选择

1. — ____

— It's only about ten minutes'walk.

A. Hello, can you tell me the way to the station?

B. Turn left at the traffic lights.

C. Shall I take a bus?

D. Is it far from here?

2. — Time, please.

— ____, my watch doesn't work.

A. No trouble

B. No problem

C. Sorry

D. Sure

3. — ___?

— About six yuan a kilo.

A. How old

B. How much

C. How often

D. How many

4. ____, please, your room is on the third floor, sir.

A. Go there

B. Come here

C. Get up

D. This way

5. — Do you know ____ he is?

— It's said he is a doctor.

A. who

B. which

C. what

D. whom

6. — Where ____ my watch? I can't find it anywhere.

— I ____ it right here. But now it's gone.

A. did you put; have put

B. have you put; was putting

C. have you put; put

D. were you putting; have put

7. — Americans eat ____ vegetables per person today as they did in 1910.

— Exactly.

A. more twice

B. as twice as many

C. twice as many

D. more than twice as many

8. — Are you satisfied with the answer?

— Not at all. It couldn't have been ____.

A. worse

B. so bad

C. better

D. the worst

9. — Why was Marry so upset?

— ____.

A. Because of losing her new bicycle

B. Losing her new bicycle

C. Lost her new bicycle

D. To lose her new bicycle

10. At a rough estimate, Nigeria is ____ Great Britain.

A. three times the size as

B. the size three times of

C. three times as the size of

D. three times the size of

二、根据汉语提示填入适当的交际用语

1. — Excuse me, can you tell me how to get to the airport?

— ____ （当然可以，你可乘3路公交车）.

2. — Which half shall I take?

— You can take either. ____ （他们完全一样）.

3. — Who is Harry?

— Haven't you met him yet? ____ （他的房子紧挨着你的房子）.

4. — Now, ____ （我的钱包在哪儿）?

— Come on! We'll be late for the picnic.

5. — Of the two shirts, which one would you like to choose?

— ____ （我想选那件不太贵的）.

6. — ____ （中国地图像什么）?

— It looks like a rooster（公鸡）.

7. — ____ （你的鞋是多大码的）?

— Size 5.

8. — What color do you prefer your photo?

— ____ （我喜欢黑白照片）.

9. — What's Brandy made from?

— ____ （它是由葡萄制成的）.

10. — ____ （你多长时间给你父母写封信）?

— Twice a month.

练习答案

第一章

第一节 名词考点：

1-5 DADBB　6-10 AAAAB　11-15 DCCDC　16-20 BDADB　21-25 CADAA　26-30 BBBCB

第二节 冠词考点：

1-5 CBDBD　6-10 ACAAC　11-15 BCBBC　16-20 CABDD　21-25 CCDBD　26-30 DBCBD

第三节 代词考点：

1-5 CCADB　6-10 CCDCA　11-15 DCBBB　16-20 BACCB　21-25 CCBBA　26-30 DDBDA

第四节 数词考点：

1-5 BCCDA　6-10 DCBBD　11-15 BBAAA　16-20 BBBBB　21-25 CBCAB

第五节 形容词、副词考点：

1-5 BBAAD　6-10 DBBAD　11-15 BCCBC　16-20 DDDAC　21-25 CCBBD　26-30 CCCDC

第六节 情态动词考点：

1-5 BACAB　6-10 DBDAB　11-15 BCCDB　16-20 BCCAB　21-25 DDCBD　26-30 DCDAD

第七节 非谓语动词考点：

1-5 ABCBB　6-10 BABBD　11-15 CACCA　16-20 BCBAD　21-25 BADAB　26-30 AAABD　31-35 DAABC

第八节 介词考点：

1-5 ABCBC　6-10 CACCC　11-15 CCDAA　16-20 ADCBC　21-25 BDBCD　26-30 BBDBB　31-35 CAABA

第九节 动词时态语态考点：

1-5 DCDAB　6-10 BAABC　11-15 DCCBA　16-20 ADDBC　21-25 AABDB　26-30 CAACB　31-35 CDDDC

第十节 虚拟语气考点：

1-5 CAABB　6-10 BACCD　11-15 CAACA　16-20 CCABC　21-25 DCCCD　26-30 ABADA

第十一节 主谓一致考点：

1-5 CBCCC　6-10 BABDB　11-15 ABCBA　16-20 DBBCD　21-25 CCAAD　26-30 BBCBD

第二章

第一节 名词性从句考点：

1-5 BADAA　6-10 CDABC　11-15 CACCD　16-20 AACCA　21-25 BBABA　26-30 BADCB

第二节 定语从句考点：

1-5 ABACB　6-10 BDABC　11-15 ABBBD　16-20 ABBBA　21-25 BCDAC　26-30 DDDDA

第三节 状语从句考点：

1-5 DABBC　6-10 ACBDD　11-15 DADBC　16-20 AADCD　21-25 DCCAB　26-30 BCACC

第四节 祈使句感叹句考点：

1-5 BCCDB　6-10 ADCBC

第五节 并列句考点：

1-5 CDBCD　6-10 DBADA　11-15 DCACC　16-20 BBADB　21-25 DAABD

第三章

第一节 倒装句考点：

1-5 BCCCA　6-10 DDBDD　11-15 BDCDC　16-20 BBADC　21-25 CCACB　26-30 BAACA

第二节 省略句考点：

1-5 AABCC　6-10 DDCCC　11-15 ABCCB　16-20 ACAAB　21-25 DBDCD　26-30 BDCBC

第三节 强调结构考点：

1-5 BBCBD　6-10 ADBAB　11-15 ACDAB　16-20 CBCCB　21-25 CABBD

第四节 独立主格结构考点：

1-5 BBDBD　6-10 DABBC　11-15 DACDC　16-20 BCABC　21-25 DAADD

第四章

第一节 交际用语考点归纳之一

一、1-5 CBADD　6-10 BCCCB

二、1. A merry Christmas to you

2. What can I do for you / What can I show you

3. Good luck

4. Excuse me for my coming late

5. I wonder if it would be convenient to meet you tomorrow /

I wonder if you could spare me some time tomorrow

6. We are going for a walk. How would you like to come along

7. Certainly / Of course

8. Hang on a moment please

9. Are you ready to order

10. Could you tell me how to get to the airport

第二节 交际用语考点归纳之二

一、1-5 BCCDC　6-10 ACDBA

二、1. That was a great dinner

2. I'm terribly sorry

3. Come on

4. People should stop using their cars and start using public transport

5. It may be in your schoolbag

6. I prefers F4 to Backstreet Boys

7. Don't worry

8. but something went wrong at the last moment

9. I'm not myself today

10. No way

第三节 交际用语考点归纳之三

一、1-5 DCBDC　6-10 CCAAD

二、1. Certainly, you can take No. 3 bus

2. They are exactly the same

3. His house is next to yours

4. where is my purse

5. I'd like to choose the less expensive one

6. What does the map of China look like

7. What size are your shoes

8. I like the photo in black and white

9. It's made from grapes

10. How often do you write to your parents